<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- generator="podbean/5.5" -->
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
     xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0"
     xmlns:spotify="http://www.spotify.com/ns/rss"
     xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"
    xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/">

<channel>
    <title>Get Off The Treadmill Podcast</title>
    <atom:link href="https://podcast.3to5club.com/feed.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com</link>
    <description><![CDATA[Make MORE money in LESS time, and get off the treadmill with Chuck Blakeman who<br />bootstrapped thirteen businesses in ten industries on four continents, and now advises others from his decades of “misses” and “makes”.<br /><br />What if you built a business that that supported your desire to live your version of a significant life, without being a hostage to that business? You might never want to sell it. These podcasts are focused on helping us all find freedom IN our business, not from it.<br /><br />We’ll also work through the principles, practices and tools every business owner uses to<br />become wealthy (money plus time), not just rich (money). Everything here has helped thousands of business owners become their own version of successful.<br /><br />Tune in to hone your own version of moving from Survival, right through Success, to a business and life of Significance.]]></description>
    <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 06:30:00 -0600</pubDate>
    <generator>https://podbean.com/?v=5.5</generator>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <spotify:countryOfOrigin>us</spotify:countryOfOrigin>
    <copyright>Copyright 2024 All rights reserved.</copyright>
    <category>Business:Entrepreneurship</category>
    <ttl>1440</ttl>
    <itunes:type>serial</itunes:type>
          <itunes:summary>Make MORE money in LESS time, and get off the treadmill with Chuck Blakeman who
bootstrapped thirteen businesses in ten industries on four continents, and now advises others from his decades of “misses” and “makes”.

What if you built a business that that supported your desire to live your version of a significant life, without being a hostage to that business? You might never want to sell it. These podcasts are focused on helping us all find freedom IN our business, not from it.

We’ll also work through the principles, practices and tools every business owner uses to
become wealthy (money plus time), not just rich (money). Everything here has helped thousands of business owners become their own version of successful.

Tune in to hone your own version of moving from Survival, right through Success, to a business and life of Significance.</itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
	<itunes:category text="Business">
		<itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship" />
	</itunes:category>
	<itunes:category text="Education">
		<itunes:category text="How To" />
	</itunes:category>
    <itunes:owner>
        <itunes:name>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:name>
            </itunes:owner>
    	<itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:new-feed-url>https://podcast.3to5club.com/feed.xml</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/image-logo/19257506/GOTT_Podcast_Cover_Updated_8a1r6.png" />
    <image>
        <url>https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/image-logo/19257506/GOTT_Podcast_Cover_Updated_8a1r6.png</url>
        <title>Get Off The Treadmill Podcast</title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com</link>
        <width>144</width>
        <height>144</height>
    </image>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #1: Three Big Ideas For Small Business Owners</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #1: Three Big Ideas For Small Business Owners</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/three-big-ideas-for-small-business-owners/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/three-big-ideas-for-small-business-owners/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:54:27 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/c93a2117-786d-3105-98f7-b4acb4c1f2b2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Do you want freedom IN your business, not from it? We can get there using three Big Ideas for small business owners:</p>
<ol><li>The Four Building Blocks – the four essentials for getting started, and keeping it all going.</li>
<li>Small Business Marketing and Sales – the radical difference between what giant corporations and guru books tell us to do, and what actually works for small business owners.</li>
<li>The Emerging Work World of the Participation Age – moving past the tired Factory System hierarchy model 90%+ of business are still trapped in, and building a business that re-humanizes the workplace by giving everybody their brain back. </li>
</ol><p>We need to move past the Random Hope Strategy of Business and understand how Clarity gives us Hope, which allows us to take the measured Risks we need to grow and build a business that gives us freedom. Let's stay disoriented, embrace things that are counter-logical, but highly intuitive, and be intentional about what we want.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you want freedom IN your business, not from it? We can get there using three Big Ideas for small business owners:</p>
<ol><li>The Four Building Blocks – the four essentials for getting started, and keeping it all going.</li>
<li>Small Business Marketing and Sales – the radical difference between what giant corporations and guru books tell us to do, and what actually works for small business owners.</li>
<li>The Emerging Work World of the Participation Age – moving past the tired Factory System hierarchy model 90%+ of business are still trapped in, and building a business that re-humanizes the workplace by giving everybody their brain back. </li>
</ol><p>We need to move past the Random Hope Strategy of Business and understand how Clarity gives us Hope, which allows us to take the measured Risks we need to grow and build a business that gives us freedom. Let's stay disoriented, embrace things that are counter-logical, but highly intuitive, and be intentional about what we want.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xxpabcf7mhdfa8iq/GOTT_1_081324_Three_Big_Ideas_FINAL_biaon.mp4" length="1049650353" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Do you want freedom IN your business, not from it? We can get there using three Big Ideas for small business owners:
The Four Building Blocks – the four essentials for getting started, and keeping it all going.
Small Business Marketing and Sales – the radical difference between what giant corporations and guru books tell us to do, and what actually works for small business owners.
The Emerging Work World of the Participation Age – moving past the tired Factory System hierarchy model 90%+ of business are still trapped in, and building a business that re-humanizes the workplace by giving everybody their brain back. 
We need to move past the Random Hope Strategy of Business and understand how Clarity gives us Hope, which allows us to take the measured Risks we need to grow and build a business that gives us freedom. Let's stay disoriented, embrace things that are counter-logical, but highly intuitive, and be intentional about what we want.
 
Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_01_-_Cover_Image9iax7.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/r5rzsxhagunuac2r/GOTT_1_081324_Three_Big_Ideas_FINAL71p7s.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #2: 7 Stages of Business Ownership with Clayton Achen</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #2: 7 Stages of Business Ownership with Clayton Achen</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/7-stages-of-business-ownership/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/7-stages-of-business-ownership/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:55:50 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">socialn9.podbean.com/84314057-80c5-3de3-90d4-2452b01b4553</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of the "Get Off The Treadmill" podcast, host Chuck Blakeman chats with Clayton Achen, founder of Achen Henderson, a cutting-edge virtual CPA firm. Clayton, a passionate advocate for small businesses, shares his unique journey from a sales career to becoming a significant force in accounting, focusing on tax, cloud accounting, and technology.</p>
<p>The conversation explores the seven stages of business ownership from Blakeman’s book, “Making Money Is Killing Your Business:”</p>
<p> </p>
<ol><li>Startup: Excitement without practical challenges.</li>
<li>Survival: Financial struggles and time constraints.</li>
<li>Subsistence: Breaking even but with high risk.</li>
<li>Stability: Profitability with a sense of incompleteness.</li>
<li>Success: Balance of money and time, offering more freedom.</li>
<li>Significance: Established leadership and systems for even more freedom.</li>
<li>Succession: The business operates independently, providing maximum freedom.</li>
</ol><p> </p>
<p>Clayton discusses his personal transition from stage four (Stability) to stage five (Success), emphasizing the role of clarity and intentionality in achieving this shift. He highlights the importance of building the right team and realigning financial and operational strategies to strike a balance between time and money.</p>
<p>Despite facing setbacks and revisiting earlier stages, Clayton remains committed to creating a business that supports freedom and sustainability. He invites listeners to connect with him for further insights or to join his mastermind group, the 3 to 5 Club.</p>
<p>Listeners can reach out to Clayton at clayton@achenhenderson.ca or visit AchenHenderson.ca. Chuck Blakeman encourages subscribers to stay tuned for more valuable business growth tips and strategies.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of the "Get Off The Treadmill" podcast, host Chuck Blakeman chats with Clayton Achen, founder of Achen Henderson, a cutting-edge virtual CPA firm. Clayton, a passionate advocate for small businesses, shares his unique journey from a sales career to becoming a significant force in accounting, focusing on tax, cloud accounting, and technology.</p>
<p>The conversation explores the seven stages of business ownership from Blakeman’s book, “Making Money Is Killing Your Business:”</p>
<p> </p>
<ol><li>Startup: Excitement without practical challenges.</li>
<li>Survival: Financial struggles and time constraints.</li>
<li>Subsistence: Breaking even but with high risk.</li>
<li>Stability: Profitability with a sense of incompleteness.</li>
<li>Success: Balance of money and time, offering more freedom.</li>
<li>Significance: Established leadership and systems for even more freedom.</li>
<li>Succession: The business operates independently, providing maximum freedom.</li>
</ol><p> </p>
<p>Clayton discusses his personal transition from stage four (Stability) to stage five (Success), emphasizing the role of clarity and intentionality in achieving this shift. He highlights the importance of building the right team and realigning financial and operational strategies to strike a balance between time and money.</p>
<p>Despite facing setbacks and revisiting earlier stages, Clayton remains committed to creating a business that supports freedom and sustainability. He invites listeners to connect with him for further insights or to join his mastermind group, the 3 to 5 Club.</p>
<p>Listeners can reach out to Clayton at clayton@achenhenderson.ca or visit AchenHenderson.ca. Chuck Blakeman encourages subscribers to stay tuned for more valuable business growth tips and strategies.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kiifgyughnejpkqw/GOTT_2_081234_Clayton_Achen_1_7_Stages_of_Business-FINALa3310.mp4" length="1298401844" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the latest episode of the "Get Off The Treadmill" podcast, host Chuck Blakeman chats with Clayton Achen, founder of Achen Henderson, a cutting-edge virtual CPA firm. Clayton, a passionate advocate for small businesses, shares his unique journey from a sales career to becoming a significant force in accounting, focusing on tax, cloud accounting, and technology.
The conversation explores the seven stages of business ownership from Blakeman’s book, “Making Money Is Killing Your Business:”
 
Startup: Excitement without practical challenges.
Survival: Financial struggles and time constraints.
Subsistence: Breaking even but with high risk.
Stability: Profitability with a sense of incompleteness.
Success: Balance of money and time, offering more freedom.
Significance: Established leadership and systems for even more freedom.
Succession: The business operates independently, providing maximum freedom.
 
Clayton discusses his personal transition from stage four (Stability) to stage five (Success), emphasizing the role of clarity and intentionality in achieving this shift. He highlights the importance of building the right team and realigning financial and operational strategies to strike a balance between time and money.
Despite facing setbacks and revisiting earlier stages, Clayton remains committed to creating a business that supports freedom and sustainability. He invites listeners to connect with him for further insights or to join his mastermind group, the 3 to 5 Club.
Listeners can reach out to Clayton at clayton@achenhenderson.ca or visit AchenHenderson.ca. Chuck Blakeman encourages subscribers to stay tuned for more valuable business growth tips and strategies.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1385</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/gott_2_08142024_7_stages_of_business_ownership_artwork1aoq47.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mvqwswu4awg2s5vs/e3af221c-1886-3d1c-a1ef-8e70d1596d15.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #3: The Tyranny of the Urgent – Are You Experiencing Groundhog Year All Over Again?</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #3: The Tyranny of the Urgent – Are You Experiencing Groundhog Year All Over Again?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-tyranny-of-the-urgent-are-you-experiencing-groundhog-year-all-over-again/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-tyranny-of-the-urgent-are-you-experiencing-groundhog-year-all-over-again/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:57:30 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">d96e7b1e-2e13-43dd-81b0-50a21236bb6c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>There are Two Opposing Forces in Life and in Business we are faced with every morning before we even get out of bed; the Tyranny of the Urgent and the Priority of the Important. The Tyranny of the Urgent is like a three-year old, relentlessly pulling on us, demanding our attention, yelling at us to find clients, make the chairs, pay bills, hire people, do financials - it's all relentless and in our face. And it causes use to focus on present-day problems so that every year feels like Groundhog Year - just like last year. </p>
<p>And yet sitting quietly in the corner of our office, the Priority of the Important whispers, "Hey, I know you're really busy right now, but when you get a moment to talk, I can help you solve the Tyranny of the Urgent...permanently. Let's talk some time."</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There are Two Opposing Forces in Life and in Business we are faced with every morning before we even get out of bed; the Tyranny of the Urgent and the Priority of the Important. The Tyranny of the Urgent is like a three-year old, relentlessly pulling on us, demanding our attention, yelling at us to find clients, make the chairs, pay bills, hire people, do financials - it's all relentless and in our face. And it causes use to focus on present-day problems so that every year feels like Groundhog Year - just like last year. </p>
<p>And yet sitting quietly in the corner of our office, the Priority of the Important whispers, "Hey, I know you're really busy right now, but when you get a moment to talk, I can help you solve the Tyranny of the Urgent...permanently. Let's talk some time."</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2m9kisl76ch3d799/secure_4843ec7e-e89c-47c7-b617-afe603043ec1_GOTT_3_Tyranny_of_Urgent_FINAL_081224.mp4" length="502669996" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[There are Two Opposing Forces in Life and in Business we are faced with every morning before we even get out of bed; the Tyranny of the Urgent and the Priority of the Important. The Tyranny of the Urgent is like a three-year old, relentlessly pulling on us, demanding our attention, yelling at us to find clients, make the chairs, pay bills, hire people, do financials - it's all relentless and in our face. And it causes use to focus on present-day problems so that every year feels like Groundhog Year - just like last year. 
And yet sitting quietly in the corner of our office, the Priority of the Important whispers, "Hey, I know you're really busy right now, but when you get a moment to talk, I can help you solve the Tyranny of the Urgent...permanently. Let's talk some time."
 
Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>620</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_03_-_Cover_Image761yu.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/e7d6xy2myewqg8r8/The_Tyranny_of_the_Urgent__Are_You_Experiencing_Gr.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #4: The Power of Intentions, Part 1 with Ben Kimball</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #4: The Power of Intentions, Part 1 with Ben Kimball</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-power-of-intention-how-to-escape-the-random-hope-strategy-and-transform-your-business/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-power-of-intention-how-to-escape-the-random-hope-strategy-and-transform-your-business/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:58:46 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/ca914818-680b-36db-b601-4464ed1243f4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the “Get Off The Treadmill” podcast, Chuck Blakeman interviews Ben Kimball, co-owner of Kimball Productions, focusing on the shift from a "random hope" strategy to a deliberate, intention-driven approach in business.</p>
<p>Key points discussed include:</p>
<ol><li>Initial Challenges: Kimball describes his early business strategy, which relied on hope—specifically hoping to cover expenses and manage mortgages—rather than structured planning.</li>
<li>Turning Point: The discovery of Chuck Blakeman’s book, “Making Money Is Killing Your Business”, and involvement with the 3to5 Club marked a pivotal shift in Kimball’s approach.</li>
<li>Strategic Shifts: Kimball implemented intentional strategies, including:
a. Effective Hiring: Recruiting skilled employees to alleviate the workload and improve operational efficiency.
b. Work-Life Balance: Developing a clearer vision for balancing business demands with personal time.</li>
<li>Results: These changes led to significant business improvements, highlighting the benefits of a well-defined plan over mere hope.</li>
<li>Broader Implications: The episode underscores the importance of setting clear intentions and taking actionable steps to achieve both business and personal goals, emphasizing that while the process is challenging, it is both straightforward and transformative.</li>
</ol><p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the “Get Off The Treadmill” podcast, Chuck Blakeman interviews Ben Kimball, co-owner of Kimball Productions, focusing on the shift from a "random hope" strategy to a deliberate, intention-driven approach in business.</p>
<p>Key points discussed include:</p>
<ol><li>Initial Challenges: Kimball describes his early business strategy, which relied on hope—specifically hoping to cover expenses and manage mortgages—rather than structured planning.</li>
<li>Turning Point: The discovery of Chuck Blakeman’s book, “Making Money Is Killing Your Business”, and involvement with the 3to5 Club marked a pivotal shift in Kimball’s approach.</li>
<li>Strategic Shifts: Kimball implemented intentional strategies, including:<br>
a. Effective Hiring: Recruiting skilled employees to alleviate the workload and improve operational efficiency.<br>
b. Work-Life Balance: Developing a clearer vision for balancing business demands with personal time.</li>
<li>Results: These changes led to significant business improvements, highlighting the benefits of a well-defined plan over mere hope.</li>
<li>Broader Implications: The episode underscores the importance of setting clear intentions and taking actionable steps to achieve both business and personal goals, emphasizing that while the process is challenging, it is both straightforward and transformative.</li>
</ol><p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t8ychkhkic4kg9re/GOTT_4_082324_Ben_Kimball_1_The_Power_of_Intentions_FINAL6iuzw-745zvg-AI-Generated.mp4" length="1242366563" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the “Get Off The Treadmill” podcast, Chuck Blakeman interviews Ben Kimball, co-owner of Kimball Productions, focusing on the shift from a "random hope" strategy to a deliberate, intention-driven approach in business.
Key points discussed include:
Initial Challenges: Kimball describes his early business strategy, which relied on hope—specifically hoping to cover expenses and manage mortgages—rather than structured planning.
Turning Point: The discovery of Chuck Blakeman’s book, “Making Money Is Killing Your Business”, and involvement with the 3to5 Club marked a pivotal shift in Kimball’s approach.
Strategic Shifts: Kimball implemented intentional strategies, including:a. Effective Hiring: Recruiting skilled employees to alleviate the workload and improve operational efficiency.b. Work-Life Balance: Developing a clearer vision for balancing business demands with personal time.
Results: These changes led to significant business improvements, highlighting the benefits of a well-defined plan over mere hope.
Broader Implications: The episode underscores the importance of setting clear intentions and taking actionable steps to achieve both business and personal goals, emphasizing that while the process is challenging, it is both straightforward and transformative.
Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1142</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/The_power_of_intentions_part_19j03w.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5fanzn9us6y75mjc/GOTT_4_082324_Ben_Kimball_1_The_Power_of_Intentions_FINAL6iuzw-745zvg-AI-Generated.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #5: Forget Being Rich – Become Wealthy Instead, And In Months, Not Years</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #5: Forget Being Rich – Become Wealthy Instead, And In Months, Not Years</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/forget-being-rich-become-wealthy-instead-and-in-months-not-years/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/forget-being-rich-become-wealthy-instead-and-in-months-not-years/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:59:10 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">d75eda8c-c8b5-4e37-b977-dc13ba6f4c54</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Being wealthy or rich are vastly different things. Many, if not most people who are rich live in unimaginable poverty when it comes to free time. We pursue money because we think it will give us freedom, but freedom in our business is not a function of how much money the business is making. In this podcast we will talk about the difference between being rich and wealth, and how one can lead to being a hostage and to having a JOB, and the other leads us to FREEDOM in our business. We’ll give you the Significance Formula to show with Utter Clarity the very few resources we need to live a life of significance, get off the treadmill, and get back to the passion that brought us into business in the first place.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Being wealthy or rich are vastly different things. Many, if not most people who are rich live in unimaginable poverty when it comes to free time. We pursue money because we think it will give us freedom, but freedom in our business is not a function of how much money the business is making. In this podcast we will talk about the difference between being rich and wealth, and how one can lead to being a hostage and to having a JOB, and the other leads us to FREEDOM in our business. We’ll give you the Significance Formula to show with Utter Clarity the very few resources we need to live a life of significance, get off the treadmill, and get back to the passion that brought us into business in the first place.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/iozct3l599hd8gic/secure_4843ec7e-e89c-47c7-b617-afe603043ec1_GOTT_5_081324_FINAL_Wealthy_Not_Just_Rich.mp4" length="621677155" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Being wealthy or rich are vastly different things. Many, if not most people who are rich live in unimaginable poverty when it comes to free time. We pursue money because we think it will give us freedom, but freedom in our business is not a function of how much money the business is making. In this podcast we will talk about the difference between being rich and wealth, and how one can lead to being a hostage and to having a JOB, and the other leads us to FREEDOM in our business. We’ll give you the Significance Formula to show with Utter Clarity the very few resources we need to live a life of significance, get off the treadmill, and get back to the passion that brought us into business in the first place.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>649</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_05_-_Cover_Image8avg2.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6e8v7nzyrvsjfpjg/Forget_Being_Rich__Become_Wealthy_Instead_And_In_M.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #6: Business Maturity Date with Jeff Krommendyk</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #6: Business Maturity Date with Jeff Krommendyk</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/business-maturity-date-with-jeff-krommendyk/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/business-maturity-date-with-jeff-krommendyk/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 18:21:09 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/d9e633ae-3679-3be1-956b-c7243e30a5ce</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeff's journey is a compelling one. After a decade in the insurance industry with Century Insurance, he followed his passion by purchasing an independent insurance agency in Littleton, Colorado, creating Security-First Insurance. Jeff’s story is a testament to the highs and lows of entrepreneurship—the thrilling startup phase, the grueling early years, and the eventual realization that ownership wasn't all he had hoped for.</p>
<p>In this episode, Jeff and I delve into the concept of Business Maturity Date (BMD)—a goal for achieving a business that provides both financial rewards and personal freedom. Jeff shares his experience of transitioning from a hands-on operator to a leader who could step back and enjoy life more fully. We discuss the importance of setting a BMD, overcoming self-doubt, and creating a supportive business culture.</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeff's journey is a compelling one. After a decade in the insurance industry with Century Insurance, he followed his passion by purchasing an independent insurance agency in Littleton, Colorado, creating Security-First Insurance. Jeff’s story is a testament to the highs and lows of entrepreneurship—the thrilling startup phase, the grueling early years, and the eventual realization that ownership wasn't all he had hoped for.</p>
<p>In this episode, Jeff and I delve into the concept of Business Maturity Date (BMD)—a goal for achieving a business that provides both financial rewards and personal freedom. Jeff shares his experience of transitioning from a hands-on operator to a leader who could step back and enjoy life more fully. We discuss the importance of setting a BMD, overcoming self-doubt, and creating a supportive business culture.</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9kxbttxckcmsj7v3/Jeff_Krommendayk-_1-Business_Maturity_Date-FINALa0j0g.mp4" length="1824401494" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Jeff's journey is a compelling one. After a decade in the insurance industry with Century Insurance, he followed his passion by purchasing an independent insurance agency in Littleton, Colorado, creating Security-First Insurance. Jeff’s story is a testament to the highs and lows of entrepreneurship—the thrilling startup phase, the grueling early years, and the eventual realization that ownership wasn't all he had hoped for.
In this episode, Jeff and I delve into the concept of Business Maturity Date (BMD)—a goal for achieving a business that provides both financial rewards and personal freedom. Jeff shares his experience of transitioning from a hands-on operator to a leader who could step back and enjoy life more fully. We discuss the importance of setting a BMD, overcoming self-doubt, and creating a supportive business culture.
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1572</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_Libsyn_assets_17_a7008.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5xxxfgqw2iehdmz7/Jeff_Krommendayk-_1-Business_Maturity_Date-FINAL-audioa8e43.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #7: Dual Tracking - How Every Business Grows Up - No Exceptions</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #7: Dual Tracking - How Every Business Grows Up - No Exceptions</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/dual-tracking-how-every-business-grows-up-no-exceptions/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/dual-tracking-how-every-business-grows-up-no-exceptions/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 18:46:52 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/909b198c-a604-3a16-9c0d-39a9946fe68f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Instead of separating the "strategic" and the "tactical", or the "long-term" vs. the "short-term", we need to see how to use every activity in our business to do both, and the better we get at this, the faster our business will grow up and make money when we're not there.  </p>
<p>This podcast gives multiple examples of business owners who weren't dual tracking, started doing it, and saw their businesses not only grow, but give them freedom while they were growing. Business owners who are buried in the day-to-day and think strategic "stuff" is something you do once a month (or less), will stay on the treadmill. Those that learn to apply Dual Tracking will thrive, grow, and gain freedom IN their businesses. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Instead of separating the "strategic" and the "tactical", or the "long-term" vs. the "short-term", we need to see how to use every activity in our business to do both, and the better we get at this, the faster our business will grow up and make money when we're not there.  </p>
<p>This podcast gives multiple examples of business owners who weren't dual tracking, started doing it, and saw their businesses not only grow, but give them freedom while they were growing. Business owners who are buried in the day-to-day and think strategic "stuff" is something you do once a month (or less), will stay on the treadmill. Those that learn to apply Dual Tracking will thrive, grow, and gain freedom IN their businesses. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/y9qnhisekpe7viz7/GOTT_7_Dual_Tracking_FINAL_0812249jzmu.mp4" length="565110740" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Instead of separating the "strategic" and the "tactical", or the "long-term" vs. the "short-term", we need to see how to use every activity in our business to do both, and the better we get at this, the faster our business will grow up and make money when we're not there.  
This podcast gives multiple examples of business owners who weren't dual tracking, started doing it, and saw their businesses not only grow, but give them freedom while they were growing. Business owners who are buried in the day-to-day and think strategic "stuff" is something you do once a month (or less), will stay on the treadmill. Those that learn to apply Dual Tracking will thrive, grow, and gain freedom IN their businesses. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>755</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_07_-_Cover_Imageb0cwa.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ruqjep8m8em9rzcq/GOTT_7_Dual_Tracking_FINAL_0812248a4u6.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #8: The 3C's (Connections, Conversations, Clients) with Liz Daeninck</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #8: The 3C's (Connections, Conversations, Clients) with Liz Daeninck</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-3cs-connections-conversations-clients-with-liz-daeninck/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-3cs-connections-conversations-clients-with-liz-daeninck/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 22:46:20 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/ba927e96-74ad-30fa-a277-9b4ce0aeae3b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Today’s guest is Liz Daeninck, Founder of Valentis Wellness, which focuses on creating customized nutrition plans tailored to individual health challenges and life circumstances. Liz's expertise lies in understanding the body's responses to movement and diet, particularly for those dealing with obesity, diabetes, high cholesterol, irritable bowel syndrome, and other chronic issues. She also works with individuals who have undergone or are planning weight loss surgery, aiming to support their health improvements.</p>
<p>In our conversation, Liz shares insights from a class she took called Fast Track, which helps business owners step away from the traditional sales approach. Instead of pushing sales, the course emphasizes building meaningful connections. Liz discusses the "Three Cs" approach: Connections, Conversations, and Clients.</p>
<ol><li>Connections: Liz highlights the importance of making initial connections with potential referral sources, such as physicians and therapists. She notes that while starting with doctors seemed logical, it was often more effective to connect with other office staff or related professionals who spend more time with patients. This approach also led her to other valuable referral sources like physical therapists and psychologists.</li>
<li>Conversations: Liz explains that having meaningful conversations with potential clients is crucial. In her field, it's essential to determine if someone is ready to make a change before engaging deeply. She emphasizes asking questions and letting clients share their stories, which not only helps understand their needs but also significantly improves the likelihood of closing deals.</li>
<li>Clients: Once clients are onboard, Liz focuses on converting them into advocates who can refer others. She underscores the value of asking clients for referrals, especially after a successful engagement. She also notes that current clients who refer others are often motivated by a desire to affirm their own decisions.</li>
</ol><p>Liz’s advice is to be proactive in reaching out and to keep refining your connections strategy based on what works best for your business. She stresses that persistence and flexibility are key, and the process of trial and error can lead to discovering effective new referral sources and strategies.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today’s guest is Liz Daeninck, Founder of Valentis Wellness, which focuses on creating customized nutrition plans tailored to individual health challenges and life circumstances. Liz's expertise lies in understanding the body's responses to movement and diet, particularly for those dealing with obesity, diabetes, high cholesterol, irritable bowel syndrome, and other chronic issues. She also works with individuals who have undergone or are planning weight loss surgery, aiming to support their health improvements.</p>
<p>In our conversation, Liz shares insights from a class she took called Fast Track, which helps business owners step away from the traditional sales approach. Instead of pushing sales, the course emphasizes building meaningful connections. Liz discusses the "Three Cs" approach: Connections, Conversations, and Clients.</p>
<ol><li>Connections: Liz highlights the importance of making initial connections with potential referral sources, such as physicians and therapists. She notes that while starting with doctors seemed logical, it was often more effective to connect with other office staff or related professionals who spend more time with patients. This approach also led her to other valuable referral sources like physical therapists and psychologists.</li>
<li>Conversations: Liz explains that having meaningful conversations with potential clients is crucial. In her field, it's essential to determine if someone is ready to make a change before engaging deeply. She emphasizes asking questions and letting clients share their stories, which not only helps understand their needs but also significantly improves the likelihood of closing deals.</li>
<li>Clients: Once clients are onboard, Liz focuses on converting them into advocates who can refer others. She underscores the value of asking clients for referrals, especially after a successful engagement. She also notes that current clients who refer others are often motivated by a desire to affirm their own decisions.</li>
</ol><p>Liz’s advice is to be proactive in reaching out and to keep refining your connections strategy based on what works best for your business. She stresses that persistence and flexibility are key, and the process of trial and error can lead to discovering effective new referral sources and strategies.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cq69fi7xftzvf266/Liz_Daeninck-_1-The_3Cs-Final63ifu.mp4" length="2068814514" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Today’s guest is Liz Daeninck, Founder of Valentis Wellness, which focuses on creating customized nutrition plans tailored to individual health challenges and life circumstances. Liz's expertise lies in understanding the body's responses to movement and diet, particularly for those dealing with obesity, diabetes, high cholesterol, irritable bowel syndrome, and other chronic issues. She also works with individuals who have undergone or are planning weight loss surgery, aiming to support their health improvements.
In our conversation, Liz shares insights from a class she took called Fast Track, which helps business owners step away from the traditional sales approach. Instead of pushing sales, the course emphasizes building meaningful connections. Liz discusses the "Three Cs" approach: Connections, Conversations, and Clients.
Connections: Liz highlights the importance of making initial connections with potential referral sources, such as physicians and therapists. She notes that while starting with doctors seemed logical, it was often more effective to connect with other office staff or related professionals who spend more time with patients. This approach also led her to other valuable referral sources like physical therapists and psychologists.
Conversations: Liz explains that having meaningful conversations with potential clients is crucial. In her field, it's essential to determine if someone is ready to make a change before engaging deeply. She emphasizes asking questions and letting clients share their stories, which not only helps understand their needs but also significantly improves the likelihood of closing deals.
Clients: Once clients are onboard, Liz focuses on converting them into advocates who can refer others. She underscores the value of asking clients for referrals, especially after a successful engagement. She also notes that current clients who refer others are often motivated by a desire to affirm their own decisions.
Liz’s advice is to be proactive in reaching out and to keep refining your connections strategy based on what works best for your business. She stresses that persistence and flexibility are key, and the process of trial and error can lead to discovering effective new referral sources and strategies.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1846</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_Libsyn_assets_20_8evwo.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/i55zuh6uqewymbq3/16c7a923-648c-3aa8-b44a-7f536e799010.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #9: The Only Reason Your Business Will Fail, and How to Avoid That Fate</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #9: The Only Reason Your Business Will Fail, and How to Avoid That Fate</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-only-reason-your-business-will-fail-and-how-to-avoid-that-fate/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-only-reason-your-business-will-fail-and-how-to-avoid-that-fate/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 22:59:38 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/51f9488f-5d03-3c7c-a39d-a3c1ec6aef61</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The SBA tells us 50% of businesses fail in five years, but my experience is only about 1% (or less) actually fail due to outside circumstances. The other 49% experience something that was entirely avoidable. If you ask small business owners why they might go out of business, they will tell you they need a loan, or the market is just collapsing, the economy sucks, they can't find good people, or the competition is burying them. We'll show you owners who have thrived in the face of all these obstacles because they avoided the one thing that actually will put you out of business. Circumstances don't make me who I am. How I respond to them does. This one response makes all the difference.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The SBA tells us 50% of businesses fail in five years, but my experience is only about 1% (or less) actually fail due to outside circumstances. The other 49% experience something that was entirely avoidable. If you ask small business owners why they might go out of business, they will tell you they need a loan, or the market is just collapsing, the economy sucks, they can't find good people, or the competition is burying them. We'll show you owners who have thrived in the face of all these obstacles because they avoided the one thing that actually will put you out of business. Circumstances don't make me who I am. How I respond to them does. This one response makes all the difference.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8v2gpp2zkqkv8489/GOTT_9_081324_FINAL_Only_Reason_Your_Business_Will_Fail_a66mc.mp4" length="1387168658" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The SBA tells us 50% of businesses fail in five years, but my experience is only about 1% (or less) actually fail due to outside circumstances. The other 49% experience something that was entirely avoidable. If you ask small business owners why they might go out of business, they will tell you they need a loan, or the market is just collapsing, the economy sucks, they can't find good people, or the competition is burying them. We'll show you owners who have thrived in the face of all these obstacles because they avoided the one thing that actually will put you out of business. Circumstances don't make me who I am. How I respond to them does. This one response makes all the difference.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1024</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_09_-_Cover_Imageacqnd.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3jtaj3mywntyk5ir/GOTT_9_081324_FINAL_Only_Reason_Your_Business_Will_Fail-transcript6cjbz.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #10: The Way Off The Business Treadmill with Scott Graves</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #10: The Way Off The Business Treadmill with Scott Graves</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-way-off-the-business-treadmill-with-scott-graves/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-way-off-the-business-treadmill-with-scott-graves/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2024 06:07:28 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/e9ccd7c1-c3c2-3f34-9a16-2b3d761f1b0d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, host Chuck Blakeman sits down with Scott Graves, co-founder and CEO of Alignment Financial Advisors, to dive deep into Chapter 3 of Chuck’s acclaimed book, Making Money Is Killing Your Business. This chapter, "The Way Off the Business Treadmill," offers a transformative blueprint for shifting from business overwhelm to a life of balance and fulfillment.</p>
<p>Scott Graves, whose journey from public school band teacher to successful financial advisor serving over 1,500 households, reveals how Chuck’s insights have reshaped his approach to business. </p>
<p>Key Takeaways:</p>
<ul><li>Structured Approach: Learn how Scott used the chapter’s strategies to streamline his decision-making process, easing the strain of managing his business.</li>
<li>Growth Stages: Scott highlights how understanding the outlined business growth stages gave him clarity on his current position and future aspirations.</li>
<li>Mindset Shift: Hear about Scott’s epiphany regarding the importance of intentional planning and setting clear goals to ensure the business serves him, rather than the other way around.</li>
<li>Balancing Act: Scott shares practical advice on achieving a harmonious balance between financial success and personal time, emphasizing that it’s indeed possible with persistence and a solid support network.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, host Chuck Blakeman sits down with Scott Graves, co-founder and CEO of Alignment Financial Advisors, to dive deep into Chapter 3 of Chuck’s acclaimed book, <em>Making Money Is Killing Your Business</em>. This chapter, "The Way Off the Business Treadmill," offers a transformative blueprint for shifting from business overwhelm to a life of balance and fulfillment.</p>
<p>Scott Graves, whose journey from public school band teacher to successful financial advisor serving over 1,500 households, reveals how Chuck’s insights have reshaped his approach to business. </p>
<p>Key Takeaways:</p>
<ul><li>Structured Approach: Learn how Scott used the chapter’s strategies to streamline his decision-making process, easing the strain of managing his business.</li>
<li>Growth Stages: Scott highlights how understanding the outlined business growth stages gave him clarity on his current position and future aspirations.</li>
<li>Mindset Shift: Hear about Scott’s epiphany regarding the importance of intentional planning and setting clear goals to ensure the business serves him, rather than the other way around.</li>
<li>Balancing Act: Scott shares practical advice on achieving a harmonious balance between financial success and personal time, emphasizing that it’s indeed possible with persistence and a solid support network.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4pbynznmhejye996/Scott_Graves_1-The_Way_Off_The_Business_Treadmill-FINAL9tae9.mp4" length="1583231857" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, host Chuck Blakeman sits down with Scott Graves, co-founder and CEO of Alignment Financial Advisors, to dive deep into Chapter 3 of Chuck’s acclaimed book, Making Money Is Killing Your Business. This chapter, "The Way Off the Business Treadmill," offers a transformative blueprint for shifting from business overwhelm to a life of balance and fulfillment.
Scott Graves, whose journey from public school band teacher to successful financial advisor serving over 1,500 households, reveals how Chuck’s insights have reshaped his approach to business. 
Key Takeaways:
Structured Approach: Learn how Scott used the chapter’s strategies to streamline his decision-making process, easing the strain of managing his business.
Growth Stages: Scott highlights how understanding the outlined business growth stages gave him clarity on his current position and future aspirations.
Mindset Shift: Hear about Scott’s epiphany regarding the importance of intentional planning and setting clear goals to ensure the business serves him, rather than the other way around.
Balancing Act: Scott shares practical advice on achieving a harmonious balance between financial success and personal time, emphasizing that it’s indeed possible with persistence and a solid support network.
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1338</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_Libsyn_assets_23_7r0hr.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8btpemga7cav4s5d/Scott_Graves_1-The_Way_Off_The_Business_Treadmill-FINAL-audioanr0v.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #11: A Mature Business Most People Only Dream of Owning. It Can (And Should) Be Yours</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #11: A Mature Business Most People Only Dream of Owning. It Can (And Should) Be Yours</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/a-mature-business-most-people-only-dream-of-owning-it-can-and-should-be-yours/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/a-mature-business-most-people-only-dream-of-owning-it-can-and-should-be-yours/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 21:57:38 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/7c43a07a-260f-34b2-8e7b-87e6bcc24205</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>How did one business owner move from working 55 hours a week to working 16 hours a week and make exponentially more personal income? 95% of business owners find out at some point that they have built themselves a job and are hostages to their businesses. How do we build a Mature Business that regularly produced both money AND time for us, not just money? It's not for the smart or the lucky, but for the intentional. You get what you intend, not what you hope for. What result are you intending from your business - this year? Five years from now? When you're done. Learn the power and Clarity of being intentional about what YOU want not what your customers, the market your business wants. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How did one business owner move from working 55 hours a week to working 16 hours a week and make exponentially more personal income? 95% of business owners find out at some point that they have built themselves a job and are hostages to their businesses. How do we build a Mature Business that regularly produced both money AND time for us, not just money? It's not for the smart or the lucky, but for the intentional. You get what you intend, not what you hope for. What result are you intending from your business - this year? Five years from now? When you're done. Learn the power and Clarity of being intentional about what YOU want not what your customers, the market your business wants. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/k7c36236texxh6fd/GOTT_11_Mature_Business_People_Dream_Of_FINAL_08122472bg6.mp4" length="705200665" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[How did one business owner move from working 55 hours a week to working 16 hours a week and make exponentially more personal income? 95% of business owners find out at some point that they have built themselves a job and are hostages to their businesses. How do we build a Mature Business that regularly produced both money AND time for us, not just money? It's not for the smart or the lucky, but for the intentional. You get what you intend, not what you hope for. What result are you intending from your business - this year? Five years from now? When you're done. Learn the power and Clarity of being intentional about what YOU want not what your customers, the market your business wants. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>774</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_11_-_Cover_Image8awag.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rm9pwywu2d6wtzxe/GOTT_11_Mature_Business_People_Dream_Of_FINAL_081224-transcriptb017a.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #12: Start With The End in Mind: What Does It Look Like When I'm Done with Allison Harvey and Mark Ballestri</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #12: Start With The End in Mind: What Does It Look Like When I'm Done with Allison Harvey and Mark Ballestri</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/start-with-the-end-in-mind-what-does-it-look-like-when-im-done-with-allison-harvey-and-mark-ballestri/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/start-with-the-end-in-mind-what-does-it-look-like-when-im-done-with-allison-harvey-and-mark-ballestri/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 18:52:51 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/2a8e896d-4725-3210-9c78-059445419e51</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Welcome to a transformative episode where we explore the powerful concept of “starting with the end in mind.” Inspired by the teachings of Stephen Covey, who once quoted our guest, we dive deep into the question: What does your business look like when it’s done?
 
Join us as we introduce Allison Harvey, founded Benediction Counseling in 2014 and serves as the clinical director and the therapist. Mark Ballestri, a skilled facilitator and business advisor, who has been working closely with Allison.  Together, they discuss how envisioning the final outcome can open doors to new opportunities and help avoid the common pitfalls of operating without direction.
 
Key Points:
 
<ol><li class="ewa-rteLine">Visioning the End Goal: Discover how starting with the end in mind can reshape your business strategy, leading to clearer objectives and better decision-making.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">The Power of Clarity: Allison shares her journey from overwhelm to empowerment, revealing how clarity about her desired business outcome transformed her approach to planning and execution.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Delegation and Freedom: Learn about the importance of delegating tasks to free up time and energy for higher-level strategic thinking—crucial for any business owner.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Practical Tools for Success: Mark and Allison discuss the effective use of a two-page strategic plan, breaking down annual goals into quarterly and monthly actionable steps, ensuring consistent progress.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Overcoming Roadblocks: Explore the challenges Allison faced, from feelings of overwhelm to maintaining focus, and how she navigated these obstacles to achieve her goals.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Creating Momentum: Understand how small wins lead to bigger successes and how momentum can drastically reduce your to-do list while increasing overall productivity.</li>
</ol> 
If you’ve ever felt bogged down by the daily grind of business, this episode is a must-listen. Gain insights into reclaiming your time, prioritizing what truly matters, and building a business that aligns with your ideal lifestyle. 
 
Tune in for an enlightening conversation that will inspire you to rethink your approach and empower you to take actionable steps toward your vision!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Welcome to a transformative episode where we explore the powerful concept of “starting with the end in mind.” Inspired by the teachings of Stephen Covey, who once quoted our guest, we dive deep into the question: What does your business look like when it’s done?
 
Join us as we introduce Allison Harvey, founded Benediction Counseling in 2014 and serves as the clinical director and the therapist. Mark Ballestri, a skilled facilitator and business advisor, who has been working closely with Allison.  Together, they discuss how envisioning the final outcome can open doors to new opportunities and help avoid the common pitfalls of operating without direction.
 
Key Points:
 
<ol><li class="ewa-rteLine">Visioning the End Goal: Discover how starting with the end in mind can reshape your business strategy, leading to clearer objectives and better decision-making.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">The Power of Clarity: Allison shares her journey from overwhelm to empowerment, revealing how clarity about her desired business outcome transformed her approach to planning and execution.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Delegation and Freedom: Learn about the importance of delegating tasks to free up time and energy for higher-level strategic thinking—crucial for any business owner.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Practical Tools for Success: Mark and Allison discuss the effective use of a two-page strategic plan, breaking down annual goals into quarterly and monthly actionable steps, ensuring consistent progress.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Overcoming Roadblocks: Explore the challenges Allison faced, from feelings of overwhelm to maintaining focus, and how she navigated these obstacles to achieve her goals.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Creating Momentum: Understand how small wins lead to bigger successes and how momentum can drastically reduce your to-do list while increasing overall productivity.</li>
</ol> 
If you’ve ever felt bogged down by the daily grind of business, this episode is a must-listen. Gain insights into reclaiming your time, prioritizing what truly matters, and building a business that aligns with your ideal lifestyle. 
 
Tune in for an enlightening conversation that will inspire you to rethink your approach and empower you to take actionable steps toward your vision!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pe3s9ghrvp2enzft/GOTT_12_111224_Allison_Harvey_1_What_Does_It_Look_Like_When_Im_Done-FINALbc7q8.mp4" length="1087118934" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Welcome to a transformative episode where we explore the powerful concept of “starting with the end in mind.” Inspired by the teachings of Stephen Covey, who once quoted our guest, we dive deep into the question: What does your business look like when it’s done?
 
Join us as we introduce Allison Harvey, founded Benediction Counseling in 2014 and serves as the clinical director and the therapist. Mark Ballestri, a skilled facilitator and business advisor, who has been working closely with Allison.  Together, they discuss how envisioning the final outcome can open doors to new opportunities and help avoid the common pitfalls of operating without direction.
 
Key Points:
 
Visioning the End Goal: Discover how starting with the end in mind can reshape your business strategy, leading to clearer objectives and better decision-making.
The Power of Clarity: Allison shares her journey from overwhelm to empowerment, revealing how clarity about her desired business outcome transformed her approach to planning and execution.
Delegation and Freedom: Learn about the importance of delegating tasks to free up time and energy for higher-level strategic thinking—crucial for any business owner.
Practical Tools for Success: Mark and Allison discuss the effective use of a two-page strategic plan, breaking down annual goals into quarterly and monthly actionable steps, ensuring consistent progress.
Overcoming Roadblocks: Explore the challenges Allison faced, from feelings of overwhelm to maintaining focus, and how she navigated these obstacles to achieve her goals.
Creating Momentum: Understand how small wins lead to bigger successes and how momentum can drastically reduce your to-do list while increasing overall productivity.
 
If you’ve ever felt bogged down by the daily grind of business, this episode is a must-listen. Gain insights into reclaiming your time, prioritizing what truly matters, and building a business that aligns with your ideal lifestyle. 
 
Tune in for an enlightening conversation that will inspire you to rethink your approach and empower you to take actionable steps toward your vision!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1689</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_square93e6m.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mgav3545sp7mjsqv/GOTT_X_xxxx24_Allison_Harvey_1_What_Does_It_Look_Like_When_Im_Done_-_AUDIO-FINALb9dnu.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #13: The Roller Coaster Treadmill of Business – What 30 Years of Business Usually Looks Like (And How to Get a Different Result)</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #13: The Roller Coaster Treadmill of Business – What 30 Years of Business Usually Looks Like (And How to Get a Different Result)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-roller-coaster-treadmill-of-business-what-30-years-of-business-usually-looks-like-and-how-to-get-a-different-result/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-roller-coaster-treadmill-of-business-what-30-years-of-business-usually-looks-like-and-how-to-get-a-different-result/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 01:58:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/5b8b540b-5c92-3bd0-9d4d-9777f5a64aaa</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>It's easy to spend thirty years of ups and downs, peaks and valleys, scarcity and abundance, always reacting to the good or bad times that seem to be happening to us, not because of us.  Because we feel dragged along by our business, we can't wait to sell it some fool who will do it all over again for another thirty years. Is it any wonder we're tired? This podcast shares examples of people who learned how to be proactive about the right things, ignore others, make decisions based on the long-term gain, and get off the business treadmill. It's the difference between laying bricks, making a wall, or building a cathedral. Which one are you doing? Let's get off the Roller Coaster Treadmill of Business, and find Freedom IN our business, not FROM it.  </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It's easy to spend thirty years of ups and downs, peaks and valleys, scarcity and abundance, always reacting to the good or bad times that seem to be happening to us, not because of us.  Because we feel dragged along by our business, we can't wait to sell it some fool who will do it all over again for another thirty years. Is it any wonder we're tired? This podcast shares examples of people who learned how to be proactive about the right things, ignore others, make decisions based on the long-term gain, and get off the business treadmill. It's the difference between laying bricks, making a wall, or building a cathedral. Which one are you doing? Let's get off the Roller Coaster Treadmill of Business, and find Freedom IN our business, not FROM it.  </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wcxpcuj5v5d96fbv/GOTT_13_Jul_2024_Roller_Coaster_TM_FINAL_0812249doi2.mp4" length="794476282" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[It's easy to spend thirty years of ups and downs, peaks and valleys, scarcity and abundance, always reacting to the good or bad times that seem to be happening to us, not because of us.  Because we feel dragged along by our business, we can't wait to sell it some fool who will do it all over again for another thirty years. Is it any wonder we're tired? This podcast shares examples of people who learned how to be proactive about the right things, ignore others, make decisions based on the long-term gain, and get off the business treadmill. It's the difference between laying bricks, making a wall, or building a cathedral. Which one are you doing? Let's get off the Roller Coaster Treadmill of Business, and find Freedom IN our business, not FROM it.  ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1030</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_13_-_Cover_Imageahfaa.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/za9naatz4ybp6h59/GOTT_13_Jul_2024_Roller_Coaster_TM_FINAL_081224-transcript71a31.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #14: Human Energy in the Workplace with Josh Allan Dykstra</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #14: Human Energy in the Workplace with Josh Allan Dykstra</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/human-energy-in-the-workplace-with-josh-allan-dykstra/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/human-energy-in-the-workplace-with-josh-allan-dykstra/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/3f8942f4-2808-3056-afd3-0c867b9d2226</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Josh Allan Dykstra, a leading expert on human energy and the future of work. Josh, a dynamic keynote speaker and author, reveals why human energy—not employee engagement—is the secret to skyrocketing productivity, creativity, and retention in today’s workplace. </p>
<p>While most companies focus on engagement to boost performance, Josh argues that it’s actually human energy that drives success. When organizations learn to harness and optimize energy levels, they can transform their teams, foster innovation, and create a culture that thrives. </p>
<p>Key Takeaways from the Episode:</p>
<ol>
<li>Energy Fuels Success: It’s not just about feeling engaged—employees must be energized by their work. Energy drives motivation, performance, and creativity, which leads to measurable success.</li>
<li>Engagement vs. Energy: Engagement focuses on how connected employees are to their tasks. However, it’s human energy—the internal drive—that keeps employees productive and fulfilled. Josh explains why energy should be the new focus for organizations.</li>
<li>Track and Optimize Energy: Discover how a simple ""energy journal"" can help employees and leaders track their daily energy highs and lows. Understanding energy patterns helps optimize work for sustainable productivity.</li>
<li>Hiring for Energy: Hiring the right people isn't just about skills—it's about matching individuals' energy levels with the tasks they’ll be performing. This alignment reduces burnout and increases job satisfaction.</li>
<li>The Future of Work: The future of work is shifting towards energy-driven workplaces. Josh shares how companies that prioritize human energy over traditional metrics will lead the way in building innovative, successful, and engaged teams.</li>
</ol>
<p>Josh’s insights will challenge the way you think about productivity, leadership, and workplace culture. He provides actionable strategies to help organizations stop draining their employees and start fueling them for success.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Josh Allan Dykstra, a leading expert on human energy and the future of work. Josh, a dynamic keynote speaker and author, reveals why human energy—not employee engagement—is the secret to skyrocketing productivity, creativity, and retention in today’s workplace. </p>
<p>While most companies focus on engagement to boost performance, Josh argues that it’s actually human energy that drives success. When organizations learn to harness and optimize energy levels, they can transform their teams, foster innovation, and create a culture that thrives. </p>
<p>Key Takeaways from the Episode:</p>
<ol>
<li>Energy Fuels Success: It’s not just about feeling engaged—employees must be energized by their work. Energy drives motivation, performance, and creativity, which leads to measurable success.</li>
<li>Engagement vs. Energy: Engagement focuses on how connected employees are to their tasks. However, it’s human energy—the internal drive—that keeps employees productive and fulfilled. Josh explains why energy should be the new focus for organizations.</li>
<li>Track and Optimize Energy: Discover how a simple ""energy journal"" can help employees and leaders track their daily energy highs and lows. Understanding energy patterns helps optimize work for sustainable productivity.</li>
<li>Hiring for Energy: Hiring the right people isn't just about skills—it's about matching individuals' energy levels with the tasks they’ll be performing. This alignment reduces burnout and increases job satisfaction.</li>
<li>The Future of Work: The future of work is shifting towards energy-driven workplaces. Josh shares how companies that prioritize human energy over traditional metrics will lead the way in building innovative, successful, and engaged teams.</li>
</ol>
<p>Josh’s insights will challenge the way you think about productivity, leadership, and workplace culture. He provides actionable strategies to help organizations stop draining their employees and start fueling them for success.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dw4eza35dyqgu7gp/GOTT_14_11262024_Josh_Allan_Dystra_1_Human_Energy-FINAL9joft.mp4" length="346300129" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Josh Allan Dykstra, a leading expert on human energy and the future of work. Josh, a dynamic keynote speaker and author, reveals why human energy—not employee engagement—is the secret to skyrocketing productivity, creativity, and retention in today’s workplace. 
While most companies focus on engagement to boost performance, Josh argues that it’s actually human energy that drives success. When organizations learn to harness and optimize energy levels, they can transform their teams, foster innovation, and create a culture that thrives. 
Key Takeaways from the Episode:

Energy Fuels Success: It’s not just about feeling engaged—employees must be energized by their work. Energy drives motivation, performance, and creativity, which leads to measurable success.
Engagement vs. Energy: Engagement focuses on how connected employees are to their tasks. However, it’s human energy—the internal drive—that keeps employees productive and fulfilled. Josh explains why energy should be the new focus for organizations.
Track and Optimize Energy: Discover how a simple ""energy journal"" can help employees and leaders track their daily energy highs and lows. Understanding energy patterns helps optimize work for sustainable productivity.
Hiring for Energy: Hiring the right people isn't just about skills—it's about matching individuals' energy levels with the tasks they’ll be performing. This alignment reduces burnout and increases job satisfaction.
The Future of Work: The future of work is shifting towards energy-driven workplaces. Josh shares how companies that prioritize human energy over traditional metrics will lead the way in building innovative, successful, and engaged teams.

Josh’s insights will challenge the way you think about productivity, leadership, and workplace culture. He provides actionable strategies to help organizations stop draining their employees and start fueling them for success.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1204</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/coverpage-square-Josh_Allan_Dykstra-Episode_1491ray.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fgg27kghwpcyjmtc/GOTT_14_11262024_Josh_Allan_Dystra_1_Human_Energy-FINAL-audio_1_bhr02.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #15: The Seven Stages of Business Ownership Part I- Why ‘The American Dream’ is a Nightmare</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #15: The Seven Stages of Business Ownership Part I- Why ‘The American Dream’ is a Nightmare</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-seven-stages-of-business-ownership-part-i-why-the-american-dream-is-a-nightmare/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-seven-stages-of-business-ownership-part-i-why-the-american-dream-is-a-nightmare/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2024 15:57:44 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">24bfca22-8b01-4880-94a5-2bde39665f62</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On average, business owners work 55 hours per week, take very few vacations and do business while there. Most of us are working relentlessly, always hoping that we'll some how get to a new level next year and begin to reap some personal rewards from our business. But we don't even know what "level" we're on, let alone what it would take to get to the next one.</p>
<p>In this podcast we discuss the Seven Stages of Business Ownership, and how the first four of these got us on the treadmill, and specifically what we need to do at every stage to get to the next one. Stage Four is the "American Dream". Or is it? We'll find out that it's not what we all cracked it up to be, and why Stage Five is the minimum we want to shoot for.</p>
<p><a href='https://cranksetgroup2.simplero.com/getoffthetreadmillpodcast/resourcesform'>Get the free resource here.</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On average, business owners work 55 hours per week, take very few vacations and do business while there. Most of us are working relentlessly, always hoping that we'll some how get to a new level next year and begin to reap some personal rewards from our business. But we don't even know what "level" we're on, let alone what it would take to get to the next one.</p>
<p>In this podcast we discuss the Seven Stages of Business Ownership, and how the first four of these got us on the treadmill, and specifically what we need to do at every stage to get to the next one. Stage Four is the "American Dream". Or is it? We'll find out that it's not what we all cracked it up to be, and why Stage Five is the minimum we want to shoot for.</p>
<p><a href='https://cranksetgroup2.simplero.com/getoffthetreadmillpodcast/resourcesform'>Get the free resource here.</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/whmr3hmfpuvvtt8l/secure_4843ec7e-e89c-47c7-b617-afe603043ec1_GOTT_15_7_Stages_Part_I_of_II_FINAL_081224.mp4" length="1280669746" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On average, business owners work 55 hours per week, take very few vacations and do business while there. Most of us are working relentlessly, always hoping that we'll some how get to a new level next year and begin to reap some personal rewards from our business. But we don't even know what "level" we're on, let alone what it would take to get to the next one.
In this podcast we discuss the Seven Stages of Business Ownership, and how the first four of these got us on the treadmill, and specifically what we need to do at every stage to get to the next one. Stage Four is the "American Dream". Or is it? We'll find out that it's not what we all cracked it up to be, and why Stage Five is the minimum we want to shoot for.
Get the free resource here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1544</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_15_-_Cover_Image9olct.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3pzysjt5sgug33qj/GOTT_15_7_Stages_Part_I_of_II_FINAL_081224-transcr.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #16: Lifetime Goals, Life Visions with Vanessa Emerson</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #16: Lifetime Goals, Life Visions with Vanessa Emerson</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-16-lifetime-goals-life-visions-with-vanessa-emerson/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-16-lifetime-goals-life-visions-with-vanessa-emerson/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 00:30:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/c2269453-1c79-3805-86a4-7ae1c1b9f9ee</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, Chuck Blakeman sits down with The Evolving Expert founder, Vanessa Emerson, to dive deep into the powerful connection between business success and personal fulfillment.</p>
<p>Vanessa shares her journey as a business strategist and wellness educator, explaining why getting clear on lifetime goals and life vision is the secret to both thriving in business and truly living. 🙌</p>
<p>Vanessa reveals how reading Chuck’s book, Making Money is Killing Your Business, has been a game-changer in helping her clients find clarity, set intentional goals, and avoid the trap of becoming a “hostage” to their own business. She talks about how important it is for entrepreneurs to start with the end in mind—and not just chase the money. 💰</p>
<p>Key Takeaways:</p>
<ol>
<li>Why setting a lifetime goal or life vision is crucial to building a business you love 🎯</li>
<li>How to create clarity in your life’s purpose and use it to guide every business decision 🧭</li>
<li>The 3 principles that turn business success into meaningful success 🌱</li>
</ol>
<p>If you’ve ever felt stuck on the treadmill of your business, this episode is a must-listen! Vanessa and Chuck get real about how to stop just chasing paychecks and start living with intention. ✨</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, Chuck Blakeman sits down with The Evolving Expert founder, Vanessa Emerson, to dive deep into the powerful connection between business success and personal fulfillment.</p>
<p>Vanessa shares her journey as a business strategist and wellness educator, explaining why getting clear on lifetime goals and life vision is the secret to both thriving in business and truly living. 🙌</p>
<p>Vanessa reveals how reading Chuck’s book, Making Money is Killing Your Business, has been a game-changer in helping her clients find clarity, set intentional goals, and avoid the trap of becoming a “hostage” to their own business. She talks about how important it is for entrepreneurs to start with the end in mind—and not just chase the money. 💰</p>
<p>Key Takeaways:</p>
<ol>
<li>Why setting a lifetime goal or life vision is crucial to building a business you love 🎯</li>
<li>How to create clarity in your life’s purpose and use it to guide every business decision 🧭</li>
<li>The 3 principles that turn business success into meaningful success 🌱</li>
</ol>
<p>If you’ve ever felt stuck on the treadmill of your business, this episode is a must-listen! Vanessa and Chuck get real about how to stop just chasing paychecks and start living with intention. ✨</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jd3gjb7i34d9fp23/GOTT_16_12102024_Vanessa_Emerson_1_Lifetime_Goals_Life_Visions8oomh.mp4" length="373773914" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the latest episode of the Get Off The Treadmill podcast, Chuck Blakeman sits down with The Evolving Expert founder, Vanessa Emerson, to dive deep into the powerful connection between business success and personal fulfillment.
Vanessa shares her journey as a business strategist and wellness educator, explaining why getting clear on lifetime goals and life vision is the secret to both thriving in business and truly living. 🙌
Vanessa reveals how reading Chuck’s book, Making Money is Killing Your Business, has been a game-changer in helping her clients find clarity, set intentional goals, and avoid the trap of becoming a “hostage” to their own business. She talks about how important it is for entrepreneurs to start with the end in mind—and not just chase the money. 💰
Key Takeaways:

Why setting a lifetime goal or life vision is crucial to building a business you love 🎯
How to create clarity in your life’s purpose and use it to guide every business decision 🧭
The 3 principles that turn business success into meaningful success 🌱

If you’ve ever felt stuck on the treadmill of your business, this episode is a must-listen! Vanessa and Chuck get real about how to stop just chasing paychecks and start living with intention. ✨
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1297</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_square_1_1_7sje4.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/56esbdz279e7ugey/GOTT_16_xxxx2024_Vanessa_Emerson_1_Lifetime_Goals_Life_Visions-audio9wa59.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #17: The Seven Stages of Business Ownership Part II: The Big Mindset Shift</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #17: The Seven Stages of Business Ownership Part II: The Big Mindset Shift</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-seven-stages-of-business-ownership-part-ii-the-big-mindset-shift/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-seven-stages-of-business-ownership-part-ii-the-big-mindset-shift/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 06:03:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/8c357d8e-46fd-3f92-b71d-42a9a8c0f80d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Last episode, we discussed the first four stages of the Seven Stages of Business Ownership and the treadmill effect that traps many entrepreneurs. Today, we’re exploring Stages Four through Seven, which give you real freedom IN your business, not from it. Will also reveal why almost all business owners get stuck in Stage Four and won't take the small, measured risks to get that freedom.</p>
<p>Everything rests on "The Big Mindset Shift", and when business owners make this shift, they invariably build a business that regularly gives them both time and money, and a life of significance.</p>
<ul><li>Stage Five: Success is the first Stage the produces time for the owner, not just money. It is the first Stage where we experience true freedom IN our businesses, by moving from producing to building simple processes that let others produce for us.</li>
<li>Stage Six: Significance gives us abundant time and money from our businesses by focusing on training others to lead, and then leading THROUGH them. Stage Six is the second most dangerous Stage behind Stage Four, because we have a tendency to want to go play golf before our leaders are fully in trained and in charge.</li>
<li>Stage Seven: Succession isn't about selling, but about becoming "The Myth", where your business runs smoothly under capable leaders, with you providing vision and occasional guidance, many times without any day to day involvement. When people build Stage Seven businesses, they never want to sell them.</li>
</ul>
<p>Moving from Stage Four to Seven is all about The Big Mindset Shift, and a simple principle, "You get what you intend, not what you hope for."</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Last episode, we discussed the first four stages of the Seven Stages of Business Ownership and the treadmill effect that traps many entrepreneurs. Today, we’re exploring Stages Four through Seven, which give you real freedom IN your business, not from it. Will also reveal why almost all business owners get stuck in Stage Four and won't take the small, measured risks to get that freedom.</p>
<p>Everything rests on "The Big Mindset Shift", and when business owners make this shift, they invariably build a business that regularly gives them both time and money, and a life of significance.</p>
<ul><li>Stage Five: Success is the first Stage the produces time for the owner, not just money. It is the first Stage where we experience true freedom IN our businesses, by moving from producing to building simple processes that let others produce for us.</li>
<li>Stage Six: Significance gives us abundant time and money from our businesses by focusing on training others to lead, and then leading THROUGH them. Stage Six is the second most dangerous Stage behind Stage Four, because we have a tendency to want to go play golf before our leaders are fully in trained and in charge.</li>
<li>Stage Seven: Succession isn't about selling, but about becoming "The Myth", where your business runs smoothly under capable leaders, with you providing vision and occasional guidance, many times without any day to day involvement. When people build Stage Seven businesses, they never want to sell them.</li>
</ul>
<p>Moving from Stage Four to Seven is all about The Big Mindset Shift, and a simple principle, "You get what you intend, not what you hope for."</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fx6ket8tqj9vzr9j/GOTT_17_Seven_Stages_of_Bus_Own_Part_II_090424btp74.mp4" length="1071917034" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Last episode, we discussed the first four stages of the Seven Stages of Business Ownership and the treadmill effect that traps many entrepreneurs. Today, we’re exploring Stages Four through Seven, which give you real freedom IN your business, not from it. Will also reveal why almost all business owners get stuck in Stage Four and won't take the small, measured risks to get that freedom.
Everything rests on "The Big Mindset Shift", and when business owners make this shift, they invariably build a business that regularly gives them both time and money, and a life of significance.
Stage Five: Success is the first Stage the produces time for the owner, not just money. It is the first Stage where we experience true freedom IN our businesses, by moving from producing to building simple processes that let others produce for us.
Stage Six: Significance gives us abundant time and money from our businesses by focusing on training others to lead, and then leading THROUGH them. Stage Six is the second most dangerous Stage behind Stage Four, because we have a tendency to want to go play golf before our leaders are fully in trained and in charge.
Stage Seven: Succession isn't about selling, but about becoming "The Myth", where your business runs smoothly under capable leaders, with you providing vision and occasional guidance, many times without any day to day involvement. When people build Stage Seven businesses, they never want to sell them.
Moving from Stage Four to Seven is all about The Big Mindset Shift, and a simple principle, "You get what you intend, not what you hope for."
 
Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1406</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_17_-_Cover_Imagea5q71.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wrq9n4w4xagrvv2s/GOTT_17_Seven_Stages_of_Bus_Own_Part_II_090424ayo9k.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #18: Unlocking Freedom in Business: The Power of Freedom Mapping with Bryan Farley</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #18: Unlocking Freedom in Business: The Power of Freedom Mapping with Bryan Farley</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/unlocking-freedom-in-business-the-power-of-freedom-mapping-with-bryan-farley/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/unlocking-freedom-in-business-the-power-of-freedom-mapping-with-bryan-farley/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2024 09:39:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/7b0f149a-9c19-3e14-bd6d-fdb7d75d0f89</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What if you could make more money in less time—and finally escape the daily grind of running your business?  </p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Bryan Farley, a seasoned entrepreneur and expert in creating scalable, self-sustaining businesses. Together, they dive into the transformative strategy of Freedom Mapping, a practical framework to help you simplify your operations and reclaim your time.  </p>
<p>💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:</p>
<p>✅ How to map your business processes step by step for clarity and efficiency.  
✅ Why assigning value to your time is a game-changer for delegation.  
✅ The 5-step Freedom Mapping framework to simplify your operations and scale your business.  
✅ Real-life success stories of entrepreneurs who broke free from the grind.  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>🎙️ About Our Guest:  </p>
<p>Bryan Farley has helped hundreds of business owners streamline their processes and create systems that work for them—not the other way around. Through actionable strategies like Freedom Mapping, they’ve helped entrepreneurs transform their businesses into well-oiled machines that thrive, even without their daily involvement.  </p>
<p>Why This Episode Matters:  </p>
<p>Whether you’re a solopreneur drowning in tasks or a seasoned entrepreneur looking to scale smarter, this episode delivers the blueprint to reclaim your time and build a business that supports your ideal lifestyle. It’s not just inspiring—it’s your ticket to freedom.  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Host’s Takeaway:  </p>
<p>“I loved this conversation because it challenged how I think about time and delegation—and I know it’ll do the same for you.”  </p>
<p>  
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start your journey to more freedom, better systems, and a thriving business today!  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Visit <a href='https://www.reservestudy.com/'>www.reservestudy.com</a> for more on strategic reserves and Freedom Mapping.  Check out Making Money Is Killing Your Business for an in-depth look at the framework.  Click here: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Stay tuned for future episodes where we share more real-life success stories and actionable tips to help you achieve your business goals.  </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if you could make more money in less time—and finally escape the daily grind of running your business?  </p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Bryan Farley, a seasoned entrepreneur and expert in creating scalable, self-sustaining businesses. Together, they dive into the transformative strategy of Freedom Mapping, a practical framework to help you simplify your operations and reclaim your time.  </p>
<p>💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:</p>
<p>✅ How to map your business processes step by step for clarity and efficiency.  <br>
✅ Why assigning value to your time is a game-changer for delegation.  <br>
✅ The 5-step Freedom Mapping framework to simplify your operations and scale your business.  <br>
✅ Real-life success stories of entrepreneurs who broke free from the grind.  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>🎙️ About Our Guest:  </p>
<p>Bryan Farley has helped hundreds of business owners streamline their processes and create systems that work for them—not the other way around. Through actionable strategies like Freedom Mapping, they’ve helped entrepreneurs transform their businesses into well-oiled machines that thrive, even without their daily involvement.  </p>
<p>Why This Episode Matters:  </p>
<p>Whether you’re a solopreneur drowning in tasks or a seasoned entrepreneur looking to scale smarter, this episode delivers the blueprint to reclaim your time and build a business that supports your ideal lifestyle. It’s not just inspiring—it’s your ticket to freedom.  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Host’s Takeaway:  </p>
<p>“I loved this conversation because it challenged how I think about time and delegation—and I know it’ll do the same for you.”  </p>
<p>  <br>
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start your journey to more freedom, better systems, and a thriving business today!  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Visit <a href='https://www.reservestudy.com/'>www.reservestudy.com</a> for more on strategic reserves and Freedom Mapping.  Check out Making Money Is Killing Your Business for an in-depth look at the framework.  Click here: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Stay tuned for future episodes where we share more real-life success stories and actionable tips to help you achieve your business goals.  </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/aedapt8hgzyiny59/GOTT_18_12312024_Bryan_McFarley_1_Freedom_Mapping_FINALbwalh.mp4" length="499203824" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could make more money in less time—and finally escape the daily grind of running your business?  
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Bryan Farley, a seasoned entrepreneur and expert in creating scalable, self-sustaining businesses. Together, they dive into the transformative strategy of Freedom Mapping, a practical framework to help you simplify your operations and reclaim your time.  
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How to map your business processes step by step for clarity and efficiency.  ✅ Why assigning value to your time is a game-changer for delegation.  ✅ The 5-step Freedom Mapping framework to simplify your operations and scale your business.  ✅ Real-life success stories of entrepreneurs who broke free from the grind.  
 
🎙️ About Our Guest:  
Bryan Farley has helped hundreds of business owners streamline their processes and create systems that work for them—not the other way around. Through actionable strategies like Freedom Mapping, they’ve helped entrepreneurs transform their businesses into well-oiled machines that thrive, even without their daily involvement.  
Why This Episode Matters:  
Whether you’re a solopreneur drowning in tasks or a seasoned entrepreneur looking to scale smarter, this episode delivers the blueprint to reclaim your time and build a business that supports your ideal lifestyle. It’s not just inspiring—it’s your ticket to freedom.  
 
Host’s Takeaway:  
“I loved this conversation because it challenged how I think about time and delegation—and I know it’ll do the same for you.”  
  👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start your journey to more freedom, better systems, and a thriving business today!  
 
Visit www.reservestudy.com for more on strategic reserves and Freedom Mapping.  Check out Making Money Is Killing Your Business for an in-depth look at the framework.  Click here: https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes where we share more real-life success stories and actionable tips to help you achieve your business goals.  ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1723</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_square_2_8j3pc.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/p3yaq6kt47ehq99d/GOTT_18_12242025_Bryan_McFarley_1_Freedom_Mapping_FINAL-audio7o0ht.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #19: Important Realities in The Seven Stages of Business Ownership</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #19: Important Realities in The Seven Stages of Business Ownership</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/important-realities-in-the-seven-stages-of-business-ownership/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/important-realities-in-the-seven-stages-of-business-ownership/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2025 19:15:45 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/0d620dc6-a6d7-37df-8b2a-0085d2cb6835</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if you could transform your business into a tool for building your ideal lifestyle and achieving a life of significance? In this episode, Chuck dives deep into the Important Realities in Seven Stages of Business Ownership, uncovering the critical lessons and strategies that thousands of business owners have used to navigate these stages successfully.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
 
✅ Why there’s no set timeline for reaching business maturity—and how intentionality accelerates progress.
✅ The importance of defining your vision for success and aligning your business with your life goals.
✅ How to manage setbacks, cycles, and risk-taking with clarity and confidence.
✅ A new mindset shift that can help you move from survival mode to creating a business that works for you.
 
🎧 About This Episode:
 
Unlike discussions on the lifecycle of a business, this episode focuses on the stages of business ownership and how to use your business as a platform for freedom, impact, and fulfillment. Whether you’re in the early stages or aiming for succession, these insights will equip you to make intentional, long-term decisions for your business and your life.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
 
Too many business owners get stuck in "stability" or "survival" mode, held back by fear of risk or the comfort of the status quo. This episode breaks down how to escape that trap, push through the stages, and embrace the mindset shifts necessary to build a business that serves you, not the other way around.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
 
I’ve seen firsthand how the seven stages of business ownership transform not just companies, but lives. It’s not always easy, but when you commit to the process with clarity and intentionality, the rewards—freedom, purpose, and significance—are worth it.
 
 
👉 Ready to stop spinning your wheels and start building a business that supports your best life? Click play now and take the first step toward clarity, hope, and measured risk-taking.
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
<ul>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">[Freedom Mapping Framework] for creating a simple, strategic plan.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">[Previous Podcast Episodes] on the seven stages and freedom mapping.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Visit <a href='http://www.3to5Club.com'>www.3to5Club.com</a> for tools to fast-track your journey.</li>
</ul>
 
Stay tuned for future episodes on defining your "Big Why" and creating a clear vision for your life of significance. Don’t miss it!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if you could transform your business into a tool for building your ideal lifestyle and achieving a life of significance? In this episode, Chuck dives deep into the Important Realities in Seven Stages of Business Ownership, uncovering the critical lessons and strategies that thousands of business owners have used to navigate these stages successfully.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
 
✅ Why there’s no set timeline for reaching business maturity—and how intentionality accelerates progress.
✅ The importance of defining your vision for success and aligning your business with your life goals.
✅ How to manage setbacks, cycles, and risk-taking with clarity and confidence.
✅ A new mindset shift that can help you move from survival mode to creating a business that works for you.
 
🎧 About This Episode:
 
Unlike discussions on the lifecycle of a business, this episode focuses on the stages of business ownership and how to use your business as a platform for freedom, impact, and fulfillment. Whether you’re in the early stages or aiming for succession, these insights will equip you to make intentional, long-term decisions for your business and your life.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
 
Too many business owners get stuck in "stability" or "survival" mode, held back by fear of risk or the comfort of the status quo. This episode breaks down how to escape that trap, push through the stages, and embrace the mindset shifts necessary to build a business that serves you, not the other way around.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
 
I’ve seen firsthand how the seven stages of business ownership transform not just companies, but lives. It’s not always easy, but when you commit to the process with clarity and intentionality, the rewards—freedom, purpose, and significance—are worth it.
 
 
👉 Ready to stop spinning your wheels and start building a business that supports your best life? Click play now and take the first step toward clarity, hope, and measured risk-taking.
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
<ul>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">[Freedom Mapping Framework] for creating a simple, strategic plan.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">[Previous Podcast Episodes] on the seven stages and freedom mapping.</li>
<li class="ewa-rteLine">Visit <a href='http://www.3to5Club.com'>www.3to5Club.com</a> for tools to fast-track your journey.</li>
</ul>
 
Stay tuned for future episodes on defining your "Big Why" and creating a clear vision for your life of significance. Don’t miss it!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wpbcxkvcbkuxtp3s/GOTT_19_Rality_re_7_Stages_FINAL_12012495v58.mp4" length="259560091" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could transform your business into a tool for building your ideal lifestyle and achieving a life of significance? In this episode, Chuck dives deep into the Important Realities in Seven Stages of Business Ownership, uncovering the critical lessons and strategies that thousands of business owners have used to navigate these stages successfully.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
 
✅ Why there’s no set timeline for reaching business maturity—and how intentionality accelerates progress.
✅ The importance of defining your vision for success and aligning your business with your life goals.
✅ How to manage setbacks, cycles, and risk-taking with clarity and confidence.
✅ A new mindset shift that can help you move from survival mode to creating a business that works for you.
 
🎧 About This Episode:
 
Unlike discussions on the lifecycle of a business, this episode focuses on the stages of business ownership and how to use your business as a platform for freedom, impact, and fulfillment. Whether you’re in the early stages or aiming for succession, these insights will equip you to make intentional, long-term decisions for your business and your life.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
 
Too many business owners get stuck in "stability" or "survival" mode, held back by fear of risk or the comfort of the status quo. This episode breaks down how to escape that trap, push through the stages, and embrace the mindset shifts necessary to build a business that serves you, not the other way around.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
 
I’ve seen firsthand how the seven stages of business ownership transform not just companies, but lives. It’s not always easy, but when you commit to the process with clarity and intentionality, the rewards—freedom, purpose, and significance—are worth it.
 
 
👉 Ready to stop spinning your wheels and start building a business that supports your best life? Click play now and take the first step toward clarity, hope, and measured risk-taking.
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:

[Freedom Mapping Framework] for creating a simple, strategic plan.
[Previous Podcast Episodes] on the seven stages and freedom mapping.
Visit www.3to5Club.com for tools to fast-track your journey.

 
Stay tuned for future episodes on defining your "Big Why" and creating a clear vision for your life of significance. Don’t miss it!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>907</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_19_-_Cover_Image992dh.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/z97depvmq65ikh45/GOTT_19_Rality_re_7_Stages_FINAL_12012481u4m.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #20: From Income Producer to Business Owner: Paul Romig-Leavitt's Journey to Freedom</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #20: From Income Producer to Business Owner: Paul Romig-Leavitt's Journey to Freedom</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/from-income-producer-to-business-owner-paul-romig-leavitts-journey-to-freedom/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/from-income-producer-to-business-owner-paul-romig-leavitts-journey-to-freedom/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2025 17:06:19 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/fa522ec2-908a-3a70-b4e4-315d5fcf2d1b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if you could break free from being tied to your business and start building one that works for you? In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Paul Romig-Leavitt, a creative powerhouse and entrepreneur, to discuss the shift from being an income producer to a true business owner.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The difference between an income producer and a business owner
✅ How to identify and focus on the highest and best use of your time
✅ Why letting go can unlock the potential of your team and business
✅ The surprising impact of an abundance mindset on leadership and growth
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Paul Romig-Leavitt is a multi-talented creative leader in music, film, theater, and ministry. As the founder of Torn Curtain Arts and the executive director of Backstory Theater, Paul has brought his expertise to live events, nonprofits, and youth programs across the country. He’s also an author, filmmaker, and owner of RL Creative, offering audiovisual solutions for businesses and events.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Paul’s journey highlights a transformation many entrepreneurs strive for—stepping out of the tactical grind and into strategic leadership. If you’ve ever felt stuck or indispensable in your business, this episode provides practical steps to change that and gain the freedom to focus on what truly matters.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
"I loved hearing Paul’s perspective on creativity and leadership—it’s a reminder that even the most capable among us need to let go to grow. His story is a powerful example of how shifting your mindset can transform your life and business."
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start building a business that works for you!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉 Visit Backstory Theater for inspiring youth programs and performances.
👉 Explore Paul’s creative consulting and audiovisual services at RL Creative.
👉 Learn about Torn Curtain Arts at Greenroom Leaders.
👉 Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes where we explore more strategies to help you grow your business, reclaim your time, and experience a life of significance!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if you could break free from being tied to your business and start building one that works for you? In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Paul Romig-Leavitt, a creative powerhouse and entrepreneur, to discuss the shift from being an income producer to a true business owner.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The difference between an income producer and a business owner
✅ How to identify and focus on the highest and best use of your time
✅ Why letting go can unlock the potential of your team and business
✅ The surprising impact of an abundance mindset on leadership and growth
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Paul Romig-Leavitt is a multi-talented creative leader in music, film, theater, and ministry. As the founder of Torn Curtain Arts and the executive director of Backstory Theater, Paul has brought his expertise to live events, nonprofits, and youth programs across the country. He’s also an author, filmmaker, and owner of RL Creative, offering audiovisual solutions for businesses and events.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Paul’s journey highlights a transformation many entrepreneurs strive for—stepping out of the tactical grind and into strategic leadership. If you’ve ever felt stuck or indispensable in your business, this episode provides practical steps to change that and gain the freedom to focus on what truly matters.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
"I loved hearing Paul’s perspective on creativity and leadership—it’s a reminder that even the most capable among us need to let go to grow. His story is a powerful example of how shifting your mindset can transform your life and business."
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start building a business that works for you!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉 Visit Backstory Theater for inspiring youth programs and performances.
👉 Explore Paul’s creative consulting and audiovisual services at RL Creative.
👉 Learn about Torn Curtain Arts at Greenroom Leaders.
👉 Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes where we explore more strategies to help you grow your business, reclaim your time, and experience a life of significance!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/phq9htfy6bq4vhj4/Paul_Romig-Leavitt_1_Income_Producer_vs_Business_Owner6uk31.mp4" length="498847956" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could break free from being tied to your business and start building one that works for you? In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Paul Romig-Leavitt, a creative powerhouse and entrepreneur, to discuss the shift from being an income producer to a true business owner.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The difference between an income producer and a business owner
✅ How to identify and focus on the highest and best use of your time
✅ Why letting go can unlock the potential of your team and business
✅ The surprising impact of an abundance mindset on leadership and growth
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Paul Romig-Leavitt is a multi-talented creative leader in music, film, theater, and ministry. As the founder of Torn Curtain Arts and the executive director of Backstory Theater, Paul has brought his expertise to live events, nonprofits, and youth programs across the country. He’s also an author, filmmaker, and owner of RL Creative, offering audiovisual solutions for businesses and events.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Paul’s journey highlights a transformation many entrepreneurs strive for—stepping out of the tactical grind and into strategic leadership. If you’ve ever felt stuck or indispensable in your business, this episode provides practical steps to change that and gain the freedom to focus on what truly matters.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
"I loved hearing Paul’s perspective on creativity and leadership—it’s a reminder that even the most capable among us need to let go to grow. His story is a powerful example of how shifting your mindset can transform your life and business."
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start building a business that works for you!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉 Visit Backstory Theater for inspiring youth programs and performances.
👉 Explore Paul’s creative consulting and audiovisual services at RL Creative.
👉 Learn about Torn Curtain Arts at Greenroom Leaders.
👉 Making Money is Killing Your Business: https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes where we explore more strategies to help you grow your business, reclaim your time, and experience a life of significance!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1727</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_square_4_9cj85.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3g45s5r8dqb72hag/Paul_Romig-Leavitt_1_Income_Producer_vs_Business_Owner-audio7oz2a.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #21: Three Life-Changing Steps For Making Big Decisions</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #21: Three Life-Changing Steps For Making Big Decisions</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/three-life-changing-steps-for-making-big-decisions/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/three-life-changing-steps-for-making-big-decisions/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 14:23:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/40384358-715a-3f3f-b4a9-03aa83ea6c98</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if the way you’ve been making decisions is holding you back? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman shares his game-changing three-step process for making big decisions—and even small ones—that will forever transform your approach to business and life.
 
 
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The three critical steps to making decisions that stick
✅ Why “going public” is the ultimate commitment to success
✅ How to overcome professional confusion and procrastination
✅ A practical strategy to drive real change in your business
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a sought-after business advisor, speaker, and the founder of the Crankset Group. Known for his no-nonsense approach, Chuck helps entrepreneurs make more money in less time and achieve true freedom in their businesses.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
This episode isn’t just about decision-making; it’s about reclaiming control and creating meaningful change in your business. Whether you’re launching a project, tackling a tough transition, or chasing long-term goals, these three steps can break the cycle of indecision and push you toward success.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
Chuck reflects on how adopting this process revolutionized his own decision-making and why it’s been a cornerstone for others in his network to overcome roadblocks and achieve impactful results.
 
 
👉 Don’t just make decisions—make them stick. Click play now and start transforming how you approach challenges and opportunities!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉 Learn more about the 3 to 5 Club and Crankset Group at <a href='http://www.3to5club.com'>www.3to5club.com</a>.
👉 Contact Chuck at chuck@cranksetgroup.com to book him as a speaker or business advisor.
 
Stay tuned for the next episode, where Chuck dives into picking a business maturity date—a decision that could redefine your business freedom.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if the way you’ve been making decisions is holding you back? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman shares his game-changing three-step process for making big decisions—and even small ones—that will forever transform your approach to business and life.
 
 
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The three critical steps to making decisions that stick
✅ Why “going public” is the ultimate commitment to success
✅ How to overcome professional confusion and procrastination
✅ A practical strategy to drive real change in your business
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a sought-after business advisor, speaker, and the founder of the Crankset Group. Known for his no-nonsense approach, Chuck helps entrepreneurs make more money in less time and achieve true freedom in their businesses.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
This episode isn’t just about decision-making; it’s about reclaiming control and creating meaningful change in your business. Whether you’re launching a project, tackling a tough transition, or chasing long-term goals, these three steps can break the cycle of indecision and push you toward success.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
Chuck reflects on how adopting this process revolutionized his own decision-making and why it’s been a cornerstone for others in his network to overcome roadblocks and achieve impactful results.
 
 
👉 Don’t just make decisions—make them stick. Click play now and start transforming how you approach challenges and opportunities!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉 Learn more about the 3 to 5 Club and Crankset Group at <a href='http://www.3to5club.com'>www.3to5club.com</a>.
👉 Contact Chuck at chuck@cranksetgroup.com to book him as a speaker or business advisor.
 
Stay tuned for the next episode, where Chuck dives into picking a business maturity date—a decision that could redefine your business freedom.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hkdxh4y6v4ditjx9/GOTT_21_091324_Three_Life-Changing_Steps_Decision_Making_FINAL_Vida293e.mp4" length="205232915" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if the way you’ve been making decisions is holding you back? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman shares his game-changing three-step process for making big decisions—and even small ones—that will forever transform your approach to business and life.
 
 
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The three critical steps to making decisions that stick
✅ Why “going public” is the ultimate commitment to success
✅ How to overcome professional confusion and procrastination
✅ A practical strategy to drive real change in your business
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a sought-after business advisor, speaker, and the founder of the Crankset Group. Known for his no-nonsense approach, Chuck helps entrepreneurs make more money in less time and achieve true freedom in their businesses.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
This episode isn’t just about decision-making; it’s about reclaiming control and creating meaningful change in your business. Whether you’re launching a project, tackling a tough transition, or chasing long-term goals, these three steps can break the cycle of indecision and push you toward success.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
Chuck reflects on how adopting this process revolutionized his own decision-making and why it’s been a cornerstone for others in his network to overcome roadblocks and achieve impactful results.
 
 
👉 Don’t just make decisions—make them stick. Click play now and start transforming how you approach challenges and opportunities!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉 Learn more about the 3 to 5 Club and Crankset Group at www.3to5club.com.
👉 Contact Chuck at chuck@cranksetgroup.com to book him as a speaker or business advisor.
 
Stay tuned for the next episode, where Chuck dives into picking a business maturity date—a decision that could redefine your business freedom.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>724</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_21_-_Cover_Image7ztjj.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/egi9vg9x995pafsg/GOTT_21_091324_Three_Life-Changing_Steps_Decision_Making_FINAL_Vid9j8be.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #22: From Solopreneur to Impact Maker: Stacy Voss on Scaling for Freedom</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #22: From Solopreneur to Impact Maker: Stacy Voss on Scaling for Freedom</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/from-solopreneur-to-impact-maker-stacy-voss-on-scaling-for-freedom/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/from-solopreneur-to-impact-maker-stacy-voss-on-scaling-for-freedom/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2025 08:33:11 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/b5d7eb7a-5329-33a4-9a18-e0189293404a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if you could scale your business, gain true freedom, and multiply your impact? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Stacy Voss, founder of North Star Grant Writing, a company that helps small to midsize nonprofits secure millions in funding every year. Stacy’s journey from solopreneur to business owner with a thriving team is nothing short of inspiring.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How Stacy transitioned from “owning a job” to owning a thriving business
✅ Key strategies for building a team that complements your skills and passion
✅ The mindset shift needed to move from burnout to freedom
✅ How scaling her business amplified her impact on nonprofits and her personal life
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Stacy Voss is the founder of North Star GrantWriting, a company dedicated to helping nonprofits expand their revenue streams and fulfill their missions. With her team, Stacy has helped secure millions of dollars in funding for clients. When she’s not empowering nonprofits, she’s enjoying life outdoors—hiking, paddleboarding, and snowshoeing—or relaxing with a book in her hammock.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Whether you’re a solopreneur or an established business owner, Stacy’s journey is a testament to the power of intention, delegation, and growth. Her story highlights how building the right systems and trusting others can lead to both personal and professional freedom—allowing you to live life on your terms while making a bigger impact.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
I loved hearing Stacy’s story of transformation and how she’s built a business that aligns with her values and priorities. Her honesty about overcoming the challenges of letting go and learning to trust others was a highlight for me.
 
Don’t just dream about freedom—take actionable steps to create it. Click play now to learn how Stacy did it and how you can, too!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉  Visit <a href='http://www.northstargrantwriting.com'>http://www.northstargrantwriting.com</a> for more information or to connect with Stacy.
👉 Email Stacy directly at <a href='mailto:Stacy@NorthStarGrantWriting.com'>Stacy@NorthStarGrantWriting.com</a> 
 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes, where we share more stories of transformation, freedom, and impact!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if you could scale your business, gain true freedom, and multiply your impact? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Stacy Voss, founder of North Star Grant Writing, a company that helps small to midsize nonprofits secure millions in funding every year. Stacy’s journey from solopreneur to business owner with a thriving team is nothing short of inspiring.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How Stacy transitioned from “owning a job” to owning a thriving business
✅ Key strategies for building a team that complements your skills and passion
✅ The mindset shift needed to move from burnout to freedom
✅ How scaling her business amplified her impact on nonprofits and her personal life
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Stacy Voss is the founder of North Star GrantWriting, a company dedicated to helping nonprofits expand their revenue streams and fulfill their missions. With her team, Stacy has helped secure millions of dollars in funding for clients. When she’s not empowering nonprofits, she’s enjoying life outdoors—hiking, paddleboarding, and snowshoeing—or relaxing with a book in her hammock.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Whether you’re a solopreneur or an established business owner, Stacy’s journey is a testament to the power of intention, delegation, and growth. Her story highlights how building the right systems and trusting others can lead to both personal and professional freedom—allowing you to live life on your terms while making a bigger impact.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
I loved hearing Stacy’s story of transformation and how she’s built a business that aligns with her values and priorities. Her honesty about overcoming the challenges of letting go and learning to trust others was a highlight for me.
 
Don’t just dream about freedom—take actionable steps to create it. Click play now to learn how Stacy did it and how you can, too!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉  Visit <a href='http://www.northstargrantwriting.com'>http://www.northstargrantwriting.com</a> for more information or to connect with Stacy.
👉 Email Stacy directly at <a href='mailto:Stacy@NorthStarGrantWriting.com'>Stacy@NorthStarGrantWriting.com</a> 
 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes, where we share more stories of transformation, freedom, and impact!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/survsqtrr3qxn6k2/GOTT_22_01282025_Stacy_Voss_Journey_as_a_Business_Owner716vn.mp4" length="454583314" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could scale your business, gain true freedom, and multiply your impact? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Stacy Voss, founder of North Star Grant Writing, a company that helps small to midsize nonprofits secure millions in funding every year. Stacy’s journey from solopreneur to business owner with a thriving team is nothing short of inspiring.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How Stacy transitioned from “owning a job” to owning a thriving business
✅ Key strategies for building a team that complements your skills and passion
✅ The mindset shift needed to move from burnout to freedom
✅ How scaling her business amplified her impact on nonprofits and her personal life
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Stacy Voss is the founder of North Star GrantWriting, a company dedicated to helping nonprofits expand their revenue streams and fulfill their missions. With her team, Stacy has helped secure millions of dollars in funding for clients. When she’s not empowering nonprofits, she’s enjoying life outdoors—hiking, paddleboarding, and snowshoeing—or relaxing with a book in her hammock.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Whether you’re a solopreneur or an established business owner, Stacy’s journey is a testament to the power of intention, delegation, and growth. Her story highlights how building the right systems and trusting others can lead to both personal and professional freedom—allowing you to live life on your terms while making a bigger impact.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
I loved hearing Stacy’s story of transformation and how she’s built a business that aligns with her values and priorities. Her honesty about overcoming the challenges of letting go and learning to trust others was a highlight for me.
 
Don’t just dream about freedom—take actionable steps to create it. Click play now to learn how Stacy did it and how you can, too!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
👉  Visit http://www.northstargrantwriting.com for more information or to connect with Stacy.
👉 Email Stacy directly at Stacy@NorthStarGrantWriting.com 
 
 
Stay tuned for future episodes, where we share more stories of transformation, freedom, and impact!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1579</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/coverpage-square-Stacy_Voss_1_Business_journey7iehx.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fgpwqnhe23wbfmr6/GOTT_22_01282025_Stacy_Voss_Journey_as_a_Business_Owner-audio7ib6o.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #23: Pick a Business Maturity Date, Part 1</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #23: Pick a Business Maturity Date, Part 1</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/pick-a-business-maturity-date-part-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/pick-a-business-maturity-date-part-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 19:13:29 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/aeeaa0d7-83fe-3d90-be2f-4e4d63c6b13b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if you could build a business that truly sets you free—financially and personally? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman introduces the concept of the Business Maturity Date (BMD) and shares how intentionality can transform your entrepreneurial journey.
 
 
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The two key markers of a mature business.
✅ Why setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) is a game-changer.
✅ How intentionality drives clarity, urgency, and results.
✅ Inspiring real-life examples of business owners achieving freedom.
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a successful entrepreneur, author, and founder of Crankset Group. He’s helped thousands of business owners around the globe break free from the grind by building businesses that work for them—not the other way around. Chuck’s insights are based on real-world experience, and his actionable frameworks have reshaped how people think about business and freedom.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Too many business owners are stuck on the treadmill—earning money but sacrificing their time and freedom. This episode isn’t about growing a big business or selling it; it’s about designing a business that funds a life you love.
👉 Don’t just dream of freedom—claim it! Click play now and learn how to take your first steps toward a business that works for you.
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
Making Money is Killing Your Business by Chuck Blakeman – the book that started it all. Click here to get a copy: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> 
Learn more about 3to5 Club and connect with Chuck at <a href='http://www.3to5club.com'>www.3to5club.com</a> 
 
Stay tuned for the next episode, where Chuck reveals how to measure freedom at your Business Maturity Date and introduces the 50% rule.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if you could build a business that truly sets you free—financially and personally? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman introduces the concept of the Business Maturity Date (BMD) and shares how intentionality can transform your entrepreneurial journey.
 
 
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The two key markers of a mature business.
✅ Why setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) is a game-changer.
✅ How intentionality drives clarity, urgency, and results.
✅ Inspiring real-life examples of business owners achieving freedom.
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a successful entrepreneur, author, and founder of Crankset Group. He’s helped thousands of business owners around the globe break free from the grind by building businesses that work for them—not the other way around. Chuck’s insights are based on real-world experience, and his actionable frameworks have reshaped how people think about business and freedom.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Too many business owners are stuck on the treadmill—earning money but sacrificing their time and freedom. This episode isn’t about growing a big business or selling it; it’s about designing a business that funds a life you love.
👉 Don’t just dream of freedom—claim it! Click play now and learn how to take your first steps toward a business that works for you.
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
<em>Making Money is Killing Your Business</em> by Chuck Blakeman – the book that started it all. Click here to get a copy: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> 
Learn more about 3to5 Club and connect with Chuck at <a href='http://www.3to5club.com'>www.3to5club.com</a> 
 
Stay tuned for the next episode, where Chuck reveals how to measure freedom at your Business Maturity Date and introduces the 50% rule.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vtkqzns3892aui6n/GOTT_23_091724_Pick_a_BMD_Part_I_FINAL_Video6c480.mp3" length="20351374" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could build a business that truly sets you free—financially and personally? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman introduces the concept of the Business Maturity Date (BMD) and shares how intentionality can transform your entrepreneurial journey.
 
 
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The two key markers of a mature business.
✅ Why setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) is a game-changer.
✅ How intentionality drives clarity, urgency, and results.
✅ Inspiring real-life examples of business owners achieving freedom.
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a successful entrepreneur, author, and founder of Crankset Group. He’s helped thousands of business owners around the globe break free from the grind by building businesses that work for them—not the other way around. Chuck’s insights are based on real-world experience, and his actionable frameworks have reshaped how people think about business and freedom.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
Too many business owners are stuck on the treadmill—earning money but sacrificing their time and freedom. This episode isn’t about growing a big business or selling it; it’s about designing a business that funds a life you love.
👉 Don’t just dream of freedom—claim it! Click play now and learn how to take your first steps toward a business that works for you.
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
Making Money is Killing Your Business by Chuck Blakeman – the book that started it all. Click here to get a copy: https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb 
Learn more about 3to5 Club and connect with Chuck at www.3to5club.com 
 
Stay tuned for the next episode, where Chuck reveals how to measure freedom at your Business Maturity Date and introduces the 50% rule.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1271</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_23_-_Cover_Image6177y.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sfyjbeiiavk9gjkc/GOTT_23_091724_Pick_a_BMD_Part_I_FINAL_Videobqgvq.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #24: The Power of Freedom Mapping: Get Off the Treadmill and Scale Your Business with Clayton Achen</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #24: The Power of Freedom Mapping: Get Off the Treadmill and Scale Your Business with Clayton Achen</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-power-of-freedom-mapping-get-off-the-treadmill-and-scale-your-business-with-clayton-achen/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-power-of-freedom-mapping-get-off-the-treadmill-and-scale-your-business-with-clayton-achen/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 09:46:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/9560aad8-a95b-32f7-94b6-14a0aa8e34a4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if you could run your business without it running you? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Clayton Achen, the visionary behind Achen Henderson, a modern virtual CPA firm dedicated to small business success. Together, they dive deep into Freedom Mapping, a game-changing approach to scaling a business while gaining more time and freedom.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ What Freedom Mapping is and why it’s the key to stepping off the treadmill
✅ How mapping the right processes can help you delegate, scale, and take Fridays off
✅ The crucial difference between process mapping and freedom mapping
✅ Why mapping only what’s broken (or about to break) can transform your business
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Clayton Achen is a CPA, tax ninja, and small business advocate. As the founder of Achen Henderson, he’s on a mission to help entrepreneurs succeed through cloud accounting, process optimization, and leadership development. He also runs a 3to5 Club Mastermind, guiding business owners to earn more in less time while building sustainable businesses.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of being the bottleneck in your business and want to scale without burnout, Freedom Mapping is your roadmap to more time, money, and autonomy. Chuck and Clayton break it down into actionable steps so you can start implementing today.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
Mapping might not sound sexy, but the freedom it creates is life-changing. The businesses that systematize win. The ones that don’t stay stuck. It’s that simple.
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start mapping your way to freedom!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
Clayton Achen’s Website: <a href='https://achenhenderson.ca'>https://achenhenderson.ca</a> 
Email Clayton: clayton@achenhenderson.ca
Join a 3to5 Club: Learn more about mastermind groups at www.3to5club.com
Chuck Blakeman’s Book: Making Money Is Killing Your Business – Discover the seven stages of business ownership and how to reach true freedom. Get your copy here: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> 
 
🎧 Stay tuned for future episodes where we break down the tools and strategies to help you scale your business while working less!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if you could run your business without it running you? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Clayton Achen, the visionary behind Achen Henderson, a modern virtual CPA firm dedicated to small business success. Together, they dive deep into Freedom Mapping, a game-changing approach to scaling a business while gaining more time and freedom.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ What Freedom Mapping is and why it’s the key to stepping off the treadmill
✅ How mapping the right processes can help you delegate, scale, and take Fridays off
✅ The crucial difference between process mapping and freedom mapping
✅ Why mapping only what’s broken (or about to break) can transform your business
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Clayton Achen is a CPA, tax ninja, and small business advocate. As the founder of <em>Achen Henderson</em>, he’s on a mission to help entrepreneurs succeed through cloud accounting, process optimization, and leadership development. He also runs a <em>3to5 Club Mastermind</em>, guiding business owners to earn more in less time while building sustainable businesses.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of being the bottleneck in your business and want to scale without burnout, Freedom Mapping is your roadmap to more time, money, and autonomy. Chuck and Clayton break it down into actionable steps so you can start implementing today.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
Mapping might not sound sexy, but the freedom it creates is life-changing. The businesses that systematize win. The ones that don’t stay stuck. It’s that simple.
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start mapping your way to freedom!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
Clayton Achen’s Website: <a href='https://achenhenderson.ca'>https://achenhenderson.ca</a> 
Email Clayton: clayton@achenhenderson.ca
Join a 3to5 Club: Learn more about mastermind groups at www.3to5club.com
Chuck Blakeman’s Book: <em>Making Money Is Killing Your Business</em> – Discover the <em>seven stages of business ownership</em> and <em>how to reach true freedom. </em>Get your copy here: <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb</a> 
 
🎧 Stay tuned for future episodes where we break down the tools and strategies to help you scale your business while working less!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/iwr6ertuz6ybqpx8/GOTT_24_02112025_Clayton_Achen_2_Freedom_Mapping_FINAL7qjva.mp4" length="355648906" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could run your business without it running you? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Clayton Achen, the visionary behind Achen Henderson, a modern virtual CPA firm dedicated to small business success. Together, they dive deep into Freedom Mapping, a game-changing approach to scaling a business while gaining more time and freedom.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ What Freedom Mapping is and why it’s the key to stepping off the treadmill
✅ How mapping the right processes can help you delegate, scale, and take Fridays off
✅ The crucial difference between process mapping and freedom mapping
✅ Why mapping only what’s broken (or about to break) can transform your business
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Clayton Achen is a CPA, tax ninja, and small business advocate. As the founder of Achen Henderson, he’s on a mission to help entrepreneurs succeed through cloud accounting, process optimization, and leadership development. He also runs a 3to5 Club Mastermind, guiding business owners to earn more in less time while building sustainable businesses.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of being the bottleneck in your business and want to scale without burnout, Freedom Mapping is your roadmap to more time, money, and autonomy. Chuck and Clayton break it down into actionable steps so you can start implementing today.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
Mapping might not sound sexy, but the freedom it creates is life-changing. The businesses that systematize win. The ones that don’t stay stuck. It’s that simple.
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and start mapping your way to freedom!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
Clayton Achen’s Website: https://achenhenderson.ca 
Email Clayton: clayton@achenhenderson.ca
Join a 3to5 Club: Learn more about mastermind groups at www.3to5club.com
Chuck Blakeman’s Book: Making Money Is Killing Your Business – Discover the seven stages of business ownership and how to reach true freedom. Get your copy here: https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb 
 
🎧 Stay tuned for future episodes where we break down the tools and strategies to help you scale your business while working less!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1241</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/coverpage-square-_Clayton_Achen_2_Freedom_Mapping76u3s.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wnaqs3a75ykbdum2/GOTT_24_02112025_Clayton_Achen_2_Freedom_Mapping_FINAL-_audio6rfq6.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #25: Pick a Business Maturity Date (Part 2)</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #25: Pick a Business Maturity Date (Part 2)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/pick-a-business-maturity-date-part-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/pick-a-business-maturity-date-part-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2025 09:21:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/cfbe5d22-6b01-3164-9cd6-4b042ea09e58</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if you could truly lead your business instead of just managing it? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman continues the discussion on business maturity dates (BMD) and how to take intentional steps toward achieving a business that serves your ideal lifestyle. If you’re stuck on the stability treadmill, it’s time to break free and build a business that works for you—not the other way around.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The 50% Rule: Why business leaders must spend at least half their time leading, not managing
✅ How to create unscheduled and unavailable time to focus on growth instead of daily fires
✅ The five essential steps to designing a business that fuels your ideal lifestyle
✅ Why setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) is one of the most important decisions you’ll ever make
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Chuck Blakeman is a serial entrepreneur, best-selling author, and business transformation expert. His insights have helped thousands of business owners escape the grind and achieve freedom.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
Too many business owners let their companies dictate their lives. This episode gives you a roadmap to shift from managing to leading, helping you reclaim time, money, and control over your future.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
Setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) isn’t just about making a plan—it’s about making a commitment. Chuck’s approach is both practical and inspiring, and his own journey proves that failing to set a date is the real failure.
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Set your BMD, go public, and start working toward real freedom. Click play now!
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
📘 Rehumanizing the Workplace by Chuck Blakeman
🌍 Join a 3to5 Club to connect with like-minded business owners (<a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com)</a>
✍️ Map out your ideal lifestyle goals with Chuck’s online resources
 
In future episodes, we’ll dive into freedom mapping, strategic planning, and the mindset shifts that will transform how you run your business. Stay tuned!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if you could truly lead your business instead of just managing it? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman continues the discussion on business maturity dates (BMD) and how to take intentional steps toward achieving a business that serves your ideal lifestyle. If you’re stuck on the stability treadmill, it’s time to break free and build a business that works for you—not the other way around.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The 50% Rule: Why business leaders must spend at least half their time leading, not managing
✅ How to create unscheduled and unavailable time to focus on growth instead of daily fires
✅ The five essential steps to designing a business that fuels your ideal lifestyle
✅ Why setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) is one of the most important decisions you’ll ever make
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Chuck Blakeman is a serial entrepreneur, best-selling author, and business transformation expert. His insights have helped thousands of business owners escape the grind and achieve freedom.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
Too many business owners let their companies dictate their lives. This episode gives you a roadmap to shift from managing to leading, helping you reclaim time, money, and control over your future.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
Setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) isn’t just about making a plan—it’s about making a commitment. Chuck’s approach is both practical and inspiring, and his own journey proves that failing to set a date is the real failure.
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Set your BMD, go public, and start working toward real freedom. Click play now!
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
📘 Rehumanizing the Workplace by Chuck Blakeman
🌍 Join a 3to5 Club to connect with like-minded business owners (<a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com)</a>
✍️ Map out your ideal lifestyle goals with Chuck’s online resources
 
In future episodes, we’ll dive into freedom mapping, strategic planning, and the mindset shifts that will transform how you run your business. Stay tuned!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5ss4yc5itmdepamm/GOTT_25_Business_Maturity_Clock_Part_II_FINAL_VIDEO_021025b3tkg.mp4" length="199231839" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could truly lead your business instead of just managing it? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman continues the discussion on business maturity dates (BMD) and how to take intentional steps toward achieving a business that serves your ideal lifestyle. If you’re stuck on the stability treadmill, it’s time to break free and build a business that works for you—not the other way around.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ The 50% Rule: Why business leaders must spend at least half their time leading, not managing
✅ How to create unscheduled and unavailable time to focus on growth instead of daily fires
✅ The five essential steps to designing a business that fuels your ideal lifestyle
✅ Why setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) is one of the most important decisions you’ll ever make
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Chuck Blakeman is a serial entrepreneur, best-selling author, and business transformation expert. His insights have helped thousands of business owners escape the grind and achieve freedom.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
Too many business owners let their companies dictate their lives. This episode gives you a roadmap to shift from managing to leading, helping you reclaim time, money, and control over your future.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
Setting a Business Maturity Date (BMD) isn’t just about making a plan—it’s about making a commitment. Chuck’s approach is both practical and inspiring, and his own journey proves that failing to set a date is the real failure.
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Set your BMD, go public, and start working toward real freedom. Click play now!
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
📘 Rehumanizing the Workplace by Chuck Blakeman
🌍 Join a 3to5 Club to connect with like-minded business owners (www.3to5club.com)
✍️ Map out your ideal lifestyle goals with Chuck’s online resources
 
In future episodes, we’ll dive into freedom mapping, strategic planning, and the mindset shifts that will transform how you run your business. Stay tuned!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>701</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_25biube.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ey4wkurqmdrmqrkw/GOTT_25_Business_Maturity_Clock_Part_II_FINAL_VIDEO_0210258uox7.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #26: Serve, Don’t Sell: The Path to Sustainable Success with Jennifer Stapleton</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #26: Serve, Don’t Sell: The Path to Sustainable Success with Jennifer Stapleton</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/serve-don-t-sell-the-path-to-sustainable-success-with-jennifer-stapleton/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/serve-don-t-sell-the-path-to-sustainable-success-with-jennifer-stapleton/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2025 09:47:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/b72ca77c-dc1d-3558-b4b9-ddf2a92865e1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In this episode, we dive into a game-changing business philosophy: Serve, Don’t Sell. Chuck sits down with Jennifer Stapleton, founding partner of Fire &amp; Bliss, to explore why leading with service—not sales—creates better outcomes for businesses and clients alike.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
 
✅ Why serving clients’ true needs leads to long-term success
✅ How to align your business with your values and ideal clients
✅ The power of referrals and trust in building a sustainable brand
✅ How fear-based decision-making can hold you back—and what to do instead
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Jennifer Stapleton is a communications strategist, business owner, and artist who brings a unique blend of creativity and strategy to the world of marketing. Through Fire &amp; Bliss, she has helped advocacy organizations achieve major policy wins, supported nonprofits in fulfilling their missions, and landed hundreds of stories in major U.S. publications.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
Too many entrepreneurs focus on closing the next sale instead of building lasting relationships. This episode challenges that mindset, showing you how generosity and service can actually drive more business success.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
The best businesses aren’t built on pressure tactics—they’re built on trust. When you prioritize the long-term success of your clients (even if that means referring them elsewhere), your own business will thrive in return.
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and find the path to sustainable success!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
Website: <a href='http://www.fireandbliss.com'>www.fireandbliss.com</a> 
Jennifer Stapleton's LinkedIn: @jenniferbcstapleton
Chuck Blakeman's new book: Sell Less, Earn More: <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819?ref=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;ref_=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;social_share=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;language=en-US&amp;skipTwisterOG=1'>PREORDER HERE</a>
 
 
What happens when you stop trying to “sell” and start genuinely serving? Jennifer shares a powerful real-world example of how putting others first can lead to unexpected business growth.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In this episode, we dive into a game-changing business philosophy: Serve, Don’t Sell. Chuck sits down with Jennifer Stapleton, founding partner of Fire &amp; Bliss, to explore why leading with service—not sales—creates better outcomes for businesses and clients alike.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
 
✅ Why serving clients’ true needs leads to long-term success
✅ How to align your business with your values and ideal clients
✅ The power of referrals and trust in building a sustainable brand
✅ How fear-based decision-making can hold you back—and what to do instead
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Jennifer Stapleton is a communications strategist, business owner, and artist who brings a unique blend of creativity and strategy to the world of marketing. Through Fire &amp; Bliss, she has helped advocacy organizations achieve major policy wins, supported nonprofits in fulfilling their missions, and landed hundreds of stories in major U.S. publications.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
Too many entrepreneurs focus on closing the next sale instead of building lasting relationships. This episode challenges that mindset, showing you how generosity and service can actually drive more business success.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
The best businesses aren’t built on pressure tactics—they’re built on trust. When you prioritize the long-term success of your clients (even if that means referring them elsewhere), your own business will thrive in return.
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and find the path to sustainable success!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
Website: <a href='http://www.fireandbliss.com'>www.fireandbliss.com</a> 
Jennifer Stapleton's LinkedIn: @jenniferbcstapleton
Chuck Blakeman's new book: Sell Less, Earn More: <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819?ref=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;ref_=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;social_share=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;language=en-US&amp;skipTwisterOG=1'>PREORDER HERE</a>
 
 
What happens when you stop trying to “sell” and start genuinely serving? Jennifer shares a powerful real-world example of how putting others first can lead to unexpected business growth.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kwigh3pwx7b9eymr/GOTT_26_02252025_Jennifer_Stapleton_-_Concept_of_Serve_Don_t_Sell_-_FINAL9sq9o.mp4" length="313616455" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, we dive into a game-changing business philosophy: Serve, Don’t Sell. Chuck sits down with Jennifer Stapleton, founding partner of Fire &amp; Bliss, to explore why leading with service—not sales—creates better outcomes for businesses and clients alike.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
 
✅ Why serving clients’ true needs leads to long-term success
✅ How to align your business with your values and ideal clients
✅ The power of referrals and trust in building a sustainable brand
✅ How fear-based decision-making can hold you back—and what to do instead
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
Jennifer Stapleton is a communications strategist, business owner, and artist who brings a unique blend of creativity and strategy to the world of marketing. Through Fire &amp; Bliss, she has helped advocacy organizations achieve major policy wins, supported nonprofits in fulfilling their missions, and landed hundreds of stories in major U.S. publications.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
Too many entrepreneurs focus on closing the next sale instead of building lasting relationships. This episode challenges that mindset, showing you how generosity and service can actually drive more business success.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
The best businesses aren’t built on pressure tactics—they’re built on trust. When you prioritize the long-term success of your clients (even if that means referring them elsewhere), your own business will thrive in return.
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Click play now and find the path to sustainable success!
 
Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
Website: www.fireandbliss.com 
Jennifer Stapleton's LinkedIn: @jenniferbcstapleton
Chuck Blakeman's new book: Sell Less, Earn More: PREORDER HERE
 
 
What happens when you stop trying to “sell” and start genuinely serving? Jennifer shares a powerful real-world example of how putting others first can lead to unexpected business growth.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1089</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/coverpage-square-_Jennifer_Stapleton_1_Serve_dont_sell84lwp.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nt3epegy9nhjybhh/GOTT_26_02252025_Jennifer_Stapleton_-_Concept_of_Serve_Don_t_Sell_-_FINAL-_audio9k32u.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #27: Stop Networking—And Start Building a Network Instead!</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #27: Stop Networking—And Start Building a Network Instead!</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/stop-networking-and-start-building-a-network-instead/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/stop-networking-and-start-building-a-network-instead/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Mar 2025 16:06:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/4457eab4-a7cc-35b8-ac68-322dc1c2e85b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Most business owners have been told that networking is the key to growth. But what if that’s a myth? What if traditional networking is actually keeping you trapped in an endless cycle of chasing customers—rather than building a thriving business?
 
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges the conventional wisdom around networking and reveals three powerful reasons why successful business owners don’t waste time at networking events. Instead, they focus on building strong, strategic relationships that drive long-term success.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ Why traditional networking keeps small businesses small
✅ How to replace transactional sales with a relational business model
✅ The secret to finding “lumberjacks” who bring you the right clients—without endless networking
✅ How to shift from hunting one customer at a time to leveraging powerful connections
✅ Why building a network (instead of just networking) leads to more freedom and profitability
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a serial entrepreneur, best-selling author, and business transformation expert. With 13 businesses under his belt, Chuck has helped thousands of business owners break free from outdated strategies and build companies that run beyond them. His latest book, Sell Less, Earn More, dives deep into the mindset shift that turns struggling entrepreneurs into thriving business leaders.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of handing out business cards, chasing leads, and feeling stuck in a never-ending sales cycle, this episode will help you shift your approach. By focusing on a few key relationships rather than countless surface-level connections, you’ll gain more time, more revenue, and more freedom.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
Networking might be a great starting point, but it shouldn’t be your long-term strategy. The most successful business owners don’t rely on endless networking—they build real, high-value relationships with just a few key partners. When you make this shift, your business will grow exponentially while requiring less effort.
 
🎯 Don’t just listen—take action.
Start building your network today and move from being an income producer to a true business owner.
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
📖 Sell Less, Earn More by Chuck Blakeman – Available on Amazon <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819?ref=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;ref_=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;social_share=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;language=en-US&amp;skipTwisterOG=1'>HERE</a>
🌐 Connect with Chuck at <a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com</a>
📩 Get Chuck’s business growth guide at for a limited price of $2.99 <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>HERE</a>
 
 
"Successful business owners don’t go to networking events. And if you’re spending too much time networking, you might actually be holding your business back. In this episode, I’ll show you why—and what you should be doing instead." —Chuck Blakeman]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Most business owners have been told that networking is the key to growth. But what if that’s a myth? What if traditional networking is actually keeping you trapped in an endless cycle of chasing customers—rather than building a thriving business?
 
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges the conventional wisdom around networking and reveals three powerful reasons why successful business owners don’t waste time at networking events. Instead, they focus on building strong, strategic relationships that drive long-term success.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ Why traditional networking keeps small businesses small
✅ How to replace transactional sales with a relational business model
✅ The secret to finding “lumberjacks” who bring you the right clients—without endless networking
✅ How to shift from hunting one customer at a time to leveraging powerful connections
✅ Why building a network (instead of just networking) leads to more freedom and profitability
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a serial entrepreneur, best-selling author, and business transformation expert. With 13 businesses under his belt, Chuck has helped thousands of business owners break free from outdated strategies and build companies that run beyond them. His latest book, <em>Sell Less, Earn More</em>, dives deep into the mindset shift that turns struggling entrepreneurs into thriving business leaders.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of handing out business cards, chasing leads, and feeling stuck in a never-ending sales cycle, this episode will help you shift your approach. By focusing on a few key relationships rather than countless surface-level connections, you’ll gain more time, more revenue, and more freedom.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
Networking might be a great starting point, but it shouldn’t be your long-term strategy. The most successful business owners don’t rely on endless networking—they build real, high-value relationships with just a few key partners. When you make this shift, your business will grow exponentially while requiring less effort.
 
🎯 Don’t just listen—take action.
Start building your network today and move from being an income producer to a true business owner.
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
📖 Sell Less, Earn More by Chuck Blakeman – Available on Amazon <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819?ref=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;ref_=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;social_share=cm_sw_r_apin_dp_2596DATY6XN8EGPYX252&amp;language=en-US&amp;skipTwisterOG=1'>HERE</a>
🌐 Connect with Chuck at <a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com</a>
📩 Get Chuck’s business growth guide at for a limited price of $2.99 <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>HERE</a>
 
 
"Successful business owners don’t go to networking events. And if you’re spending too much time networking, you might actually be holding your business back. In this episode, I’ll show you why—and what you should be doing instead." —Chuck Blakeman]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xrrgphm49ch78988/GOTT_27_old_-_Stop_Networking_Final_Video_0214258f69g.mp4" length="221196209" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most business owners have been told that networking is the key to growth. But what if that’s a myth? What if traditional networking is actually keeping you trapped in an endless cycle of chasing customers—rather than building a thriving business?
 
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges the conventional wisdom around networking and reveals three powerful reasons why successful business owners don’t waste time at networking events. Instead, they focus on building strong, strategic relationships that drive long-term success.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ Why traditional networking keeps small businesses small
✅ How to replace transactional sales with a relational business model
✅ The secret to finding “lumberjacks” who bring you the right clients—without endless networking
✅ How to shift from hunting one customer at a time to leveraging powerful connections
✅ Why building a network (instead of just networking) leads to more freedom and profitability
 
🎧 About Our Host:
Chuck Blakeman is a serial entrepreneur, best-selling author, and business transformation expert. With 13 businesses under his belt, Chuck has helped thousands of business owners break free from outdated strategies and build companies that run beyond them. His latest book, Sell Less, Earn More, dives deep into the mindset shift that turns struggling entrepreneurs into thriving business leaders.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of handing out business cards, chasing leads, and feeling stuck in a never-ending sales cycle, this episode will help you shift your approach. By focusing on a few key relationships rather than countless surface-level connections, you’ll gain more time, more revenue, and more freedom.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
Networking might be a great starting point, but it shouldn’t be your long-term strategy. The most successful business owners don’t rely on endless networking—they build real, high-value relationships with just a few key partners. When you make this shift, your business will grow exponentially while requiring less effort.
 
🎯 Don’t just listen—take action.
Start building your network today and move from being an income producer to a true business owner.
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
📖 Sell Less, Earn More by Chuck Blakeman – Available on Amazon HERE
🌐 Connect with Chuck at www.3to5club.com
📩 Get Chuck’s business growth guide at for a limited price of $2.99 HERE
 
 
"Successful business owners don’t go to networking events. And if you’re spending too much time networking, you might actually be holding your business back. In this episode, I’ll show you why—and what you should be doing instead." —Chuck Blakeman]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>782</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_27_-_Cover_Image929c4.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/je84qzrg2trg2ttf/GOTT_27_old_-_Stop_Networking_Final_Video_021425bgo6l.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #28: The Power of Moving From Rugged Individualism to Living in Business Community with Carey Lindeman</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #28: The Power of Moving From Rugged Individualism to Living in Business Community with Carey Lindeman</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-power-of-moving-from-rugged-individualism-to-living-in-business-community-with-carey-lindeman/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/the-power-of-moving-from-rugged-individualism-to-living-in-business-community-with-carey-lindeman/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 11 Mar 2025 12:36:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/38278d24-1600-38b0-aa39-41f1f4464f94</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[What if the best businesses weren’t planned, but discovered? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Carey Lindeman, founder of Promise Care, to discuss how an unexpected volunteer experience led her to create a thriving home care business—and why she’s now transitioning into a new role as a business community leader.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How Carey stumbled into entrepreneurship by filling a need in the senior care industry
✅ The importance of business communities and why every entrepreneur needs one
✅ The four building blocks of a successful business and how they create sustainable growth
✅ Why simplicity in strategic planning is key to long-term success
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
 
With nearly two decades of entrepreneurial experience, Carey Lindeman built Promise Care, a boutique senior care company focused on dignity and relationships. Now, she’s stepping into a new role as a co-facilitator of business communities, helping entrepreneurs build businesses that serve their lives—not the other way around.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
 
Many entrepreneurs struggle with isolation and uncertainty. Carey’s story highlights how being in a structured business community provides clarity, support, and fresh perspectives. Whether you're starting out or scaling up, having outside eyes on your business is a game-changer.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
 
"Entrepreneurs don’t need more complexity—they need clarity and community. Carey’s journey proves that success comes from movement, not over-planning. If you’ve ever felt stuck in your business, this episode is for you."
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Find a community, simplify your strategy, and start building a business that gives you freedom!
 
👉 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
Learn more about Promise Care: <a href='https://promisecareinc.com/'>https://promisecareinc.com/</a>
Discover 3to5 Club and how it helps business owners thrive: <a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com</a>
Book recommendation: The Wisdom of Crowds by James Surowiecki
 
🎙 Stay tuned for more episodes on building businesses that give you freedom, not just money!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[What if the best businesses weren’t planned, but discovered? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Carey Lindeman, founder of Promise Care, to discuss how an unexpected volunteer experience led her to create a thriving home care business—and why she’s now transitioning into a new role as a business community leader.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How Carey stumbled into entrepreneurship by filling a need in the senior care industry
✅ The importance of business communities and why every entrepreneur needs one
✅ The four building blocks of a successful business and how they create sustainable growth
✅ Why simplicity in strategic planning is key to long-term success
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
 
With nearly two decades of entrepreneurial experience, Carey Lindeman built Promise Care, a boutique senior care company focused on dignity and relationships. Now, she’s stepping into a new role as a co-facilitator of business communities, helping entrepreneurs build businesses that serve their lives—not the other way around.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
 
Many entrepreneurs struggle with isolation and uncertainty. Carey’s story highlights how being in a structured business community provides clarity, support, and fresh perspectives. Whether you're starting out or scaling up, having outside eyes on your business is a game-changer.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
 
"Entrepreneurs don’t need more complexity—they need clarity and community. Carey’s journey proves that success comes from movement, not over-planning. If you’ve ever felt stuck in your business, this episode is for you."
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Find a community, simplify your strategy, and start building a business that gives you freedom!
 
👉 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
Learn more about Promise Care: <a href='https://promisecareinc.com/'>https://promisecareinc.com/</a>
Discover 3to5 Club and how it helps business owners thrive: <a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com</a>
Book recommendation: <em>The Wisdom of Crowds by James Surowiecki</em>
 
🎙 Stay tuned for more episodes on building businesses that give you freedom, not just money!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3g2yqeawdaei37by/GOTT_28_03122025_Carey_Lindeman_1_The_Business_Community_FINAL9qg1b.mp4" length="499424033" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if the best businesses weren’t planned, but discovered? In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Carey Lindeman, founder of Promise Care, to discuss how an unexpected volunteer experience led her to create a thriving home care business—and why she’s now transitioning into a new role as a business community leader.
 
💡 Here’s what you’ll learn:
✅ How Carey stumbled into entrepreneurship by filling a need in the senior care industry
✅ The importance of business communities and why every entrepreneur needs one
✅ The four building blocks of a successful business and how they create sustainable growth
✅ Why simplicity in strategic planning is key to long-term success
 
🎧 About Our Guest:
 
With nearly two decades of entrepreneurial experience, Carey Lindeman built Promise Care, a boutique senior care company focused on dignity and relationships. Now, she’s stepping into a new role as a co-facilitator of business communities, helping entrepreneurs build businesses that serve their lives—not the other way around.
 
Why This Episode Matters:
 
Many entrepreneurs struggle with isolation and uncertainty. Carey’s story highlights how being in a structured business community provides clarity, support, and fresh perspectives. Whether you're starting out or scaling up, having outside eyes on your business is a game-changer.
 
Host’s Takeaway:
 
"Entrepreneurs don’t need more complexity—they need clarity and community. Carey’s journey proves that success comes from movement, not over-planning. If you’ve ever felt stuck in your business, this episode is for you."
 
👉 Don’t just listen—take action. Find a community, simplify your strategy, and start building a business that gives you freedom!
 
👉 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
Learn more about Promise Care: https://promisecareinc.com/
Discover 3to5 Club and how it helps business owners thrive: www.3to5club.com
Book recommendation: The Wisdom of Crowds by James Surowiecki
 
🎙 Stay tuned for more episodes on building businesses that give you freedom, not just money!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1733</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Get_off_the_treadmill-_square_8_a4xp8.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/tswvhu3mm3zjirxc/GOTT_28_03122025_Carey_Lindeman_1_The_Business_Community_FINAL_audio9qzmy.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #29: How to Never Have Commission Breath Again: The Four Walking-In Commitments</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #29: How to Never Have Commission Breath Again: The Four Walking-In Commitments</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/how-to-never-have-commission-breath-again-the-four-walking-in-commitments/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/how-to-never-have-commission-breath-again-the-four-walking-in-commitments/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/48b62db9-0031-3e56-85bc-240453fc2381</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Most business owners hate selling—but what if you never had to sell again? In this episode, we’re tackling commission breath—that desperate energy potential clients can sense a mile away. We'll share how Chuck unknowingly fell into this trap and the four simple commitments that completely transformed his buying conversations.
 
Key Takeaways:
 
✅ How commission breath silently kills your sales.
✅ The three foundational principles that shift you from selling to serving.
✅ The Four Walking-In Commitments that ensure clients seek you out.
✅ Why NOT talking about your business can actually increase sales.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of chasing clients and feeling like sales is a necessary evil, this episode is for you. These commitments will change the way you approach business development—helping you build relationships instead of forcing transactions.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
 
Once I stopped focusing on closing deals and started focusing on serving, my business flourished. The Four Walking-In Commitments allowed me to attract more clients naturally, without feeling pushy or desperate.
 
🎯 Don’t just listen—take action.
"You get what you intend, not what you hope for."
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
📖 Sell Less, Earn More by Chuck Blakeman – Available on Amazon <a href='https://bit.ly/SLEM-Pre-Order'>HERE</a>
🌐 Connect with Chuck at <a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com</a>
📩 Get Chuck’s business growth guide at for a limited price of $2.99 <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>here</a>
 
Try these four commitments in your next client meeting and see the difference for yourself. Have you ever experienced commission breath? Drop a comment or send me a message—I’d love to hear your thoughts!]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Most business owners hate selling—but what if you never had to sell again? In this episode, we’re tackling commission breath—that desperate energy potential clients can sense a mile away. We'll share how Chuck unknowingly fell into this trap and the four simple commitments that completely transformed his buying conversations.
 
Key Takeaways:
 
✅ How commission breath silently kills your sales.
✅ The three foundational principles that shift you from selling to serving.
✅ The Four Walking-In Commitments that ensure clients seek you out.
✅ Why NOT talking about your business can actually increase sales.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of chasing clients and feeling like sales is a necessary evil, this episode is for you. These commitments will change the way you approach business development—helping you build relationships instead of forcing transactions.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
 
Once I stopped focusing on closing deals and started focusing on serving, my business flourished. The Four Walking-In Commitments allowed me to attract more clients naturally, without feeling pushy or desperate.
 
🎯 Don’t just listen—take action.
"You get what you intend, not what you hope for."
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
📖 Sell Less, Earn More by Chuck Blakeman – Available on Amazon <a href='https://bit.ly/SLEM-Pre-Order'>HERE</a>
🌐 Connect with Chuck at <a href='https://www.3to5club.com/'>www.3to5club.com</a>
📩 Get Chuck’s business growth guide at for a limited price of $2.99 <a href='https://bit.ly/specialoffer-mmikyb'>here</a>
 
Try these four commitments in your next client meeting and see the difference for yourself. Have you ever experienced commission breath? Drop a comment or send me a message—I’d love to hear your thoughts!]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xma479znifs7hu4i/GOTT_29_Walking_In_Commitments_Final_021825aoj5r.mp4" length="157831183" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most business owners hate selling—but what if you never had to sell again? In this episode, we’re tackling commission breath—that desperate energy potential clients can sense a mile away. We'll share how Chuck unknowingly fell into this trap and the four simple commitments that completely transformed his buying conversations.
 
Key Takeaways:
 
✅ How commission breath silently kills your sales.
✅ The three foundational principles that shift you from selling to serving.
✅ The Four Walking-In Commitments that ensure clients seek you out.
✅ Why NOT talking about your business can actually increase sales.
 
🚀 Why This Episode Matters:
If you’re tired of chasing clients and feeling like sales is a necessary evil, this episode is for you. These commitments will change the way you approach business development—helping you build relationships instead of forcing transactions.
 
💡 Host’s Takeaway:
 
Once I stopped focusing on closing deals and started focusing on serving, my business flourished. The Four Walking-In Commitments allowed me to attract more clients naturally, without feeling pushy or desperate.
 
🎯 Don’t just listen—take action.
"You get what you intend, not what you hope for."
 
🔗 Links &amp; Resources Mentioned:
 
📖 Sell Less, Earn More by Chuck Blakeman – Available on Amazon HERE
🌐 Connect with Chuck at www.3to5club.com
📩 Get Chuck’s business growth guide at for a limited price of $2.99 here
 
Try these four commitments in your next client meeting and see the difference for yourself. Have you ever experienced commission breath? Drop a comment or send me a message—I’d love to hear your thoughts!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>560</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_29_-_Cover_Image9wjbi.png" /><podcast:transcript url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zgbe358uxz656auz/GOTT_29_Walking_In_Commitments_Final_0218256tjaw.srt" type="application/srt" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #30: The Power of Intentions, Part 2 with Ben Kimball</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #30: The Power of Intentions, Part 2 with Ben Kimball</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-30-the-power-of-intentions-part-2-with-ben-kimball/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-30-the-power-of-intentions-part-2-with-ben-kimball/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 08:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/f156e36b-e634-3dc9-86db-73f8d6242e3d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Get Off the Treadmill Podcast, host Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Ben Kimball, co-owner of Kimball Productions and COO, Senior Editor, Producer, and Screenwriter. Ben shares insights from his journey in shifting his business mindset, inspired by Chuck’s book, Making Money is Killing Your Business.</p>
<p>Key Points Discussed:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Starting with the End in Mind: Defining your desired outcome to guide decisions.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">From Survival to Intention: Shifting from just “paying the mortgage” to building a self-sustaining business.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Leadership vs. Management: The importance of effective delegation and avoiding abdication.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Parallel Lessons in Fatherhood: Investing time upfront for long-term efficiency.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Five-Question Process: Clarifying goals, timelines, roadmaps, obstacles, and actionable steps.</li>
</ul>
<p>Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a> </p>
<p>Take the next step and grab a copy of Chuck’s new book, Sell Less Earn More: <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819'>https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Get Off the Treadmill Podcast</em>, host Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Ben Kimball, co-owner of Kimball Productions and COO, Senior Editor, Producer, and Screenwriter. Ben shares insights from his journey in shifting his business mindset, inspired by Chuck’s book, <em>Making Money is Killing Your Business.</em></p>
<p>Key Points Discussed:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Starting with the End in Mind: Defining your desired outcome to guide decisions.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">From Survival to Intention: Shifting from just “paying the mortgage” to building a self-sustaining business.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Leadership vs. Management: The importance of effective delegation and avoiding abdication.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Parallel Lessons in Fatherhood: Investing time upfront for long-term efficiency.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Five-Question Process: Clarifying goals, timelines, roadmaps, obstacles, and actionable steps.</li>
</ul>
<p>Check our special offer for the <em>Making Money is Killing Your Business</em>: <a href='https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club'>https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club</a> </p>
<p>Take the next step and grab a copy of Chuck’s new book, <em>Sell Less Earn More</em>: <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819'>https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/m24df4gze9f6dp5c/Ben-Kimball-_2-The-Power-Of-Intentions-Part2-FINAL-audio693ib.mp4" length="1415749982" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the Get Off the Treadmill Podcast, host Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Ben Kimball, co-owner of Kimball Productions and COO, Senior Editor, Producer, and Screenwriter. Ben shares insights from his journey in shifting his business mindset, inspired by Chuck’s book, Making Money is Killing Your Business.
Key Points Discussed:

Starting with the End in Mind: Defining your desired outcome to guide decisions.
From Survival to Intention: Shifting from just “paying the mortgage” to building a self-sustaining business.
Leadership vs. Management: The importance of effective delegation and avoiding abdication.
Parallel Lessons in Fatherhood: Investing time upfront for long-term efficiency.
Five-Question Process: Clarifying goals, timelines, roadmaps, obstacles, and actionable steps.

Check our special offer for the Making Money is Killing Your Business: https://bit.ly/m/3to5Club 
Take the next step and grab a copy of Chuck’s new book, Sell Less Earn More: https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1284</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/The_power_of_intentions_part_2aqk76.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #31: Four Buying Questions</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #31: Four Buying Questions</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-31-four-buying-questions/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-31-four-buying-questions/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/d843fb67-dd09-31bb-a881-5ad7d90c2ef8</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman reveals how to shift from traditional selling to serving with his Four Buying Questions approach. Discover how to build deeper client relationships, earn trust, and guide them to make informed decisions — all without pushing a sale.</p>
<p>Key Insights:</p>
<p>🔑 Principles Behind the Four Buying Questions</p>
<ul>
<li>Serve, Don’t Sell: Focus on your client’s needs, not your product.</li>
<li>Meet Them Where They Are: Understand their present situation, not where you want them to be.</li>
<li>Seek to Understand: Listen to your client’s challenges before offering solutions.</li>
</ul>
<p>🔑 The Four Buying Questions Framework</p>
<ol>
<li>Past Question: “How did you get started in your business?”</li>
<li>Future Question: “What’s your vision for the next 3, 5, or 10 years?”</li>
<li>Present Question: “What’s the one thing you can do today to move forward?”</li>
<li>Customer Profile Question: “Who is your ideal customer?”</li>
</ol>
<p>🔑 The Four Walking In Commitments</p>
<ul>
<li>Prioritize their long-term best interest.</li>
<li>Only discuss your business when invited.</li>
<li>Focus on cultivating relationships, not immediate sales.</li>
<li>Always make an offer, even if it’s unrelated to your service.</li>
</ul>
<p>Stop selling and start serving. By asking thoughtful questions instead of delivering pitches, you build trust, clarify your client’s needs, and create lasting success.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman reveals how to shift from traditional selling to serving with his Four Buying Questions approach. Discover how to build deeper client relationships, earn trust, and guide them to make informed decisions — all without pushing a sale.</p>
<p>Key Insights:</p>
<p>🔑 Principles Behind the Four Buying Questions</p>
<ul>
<li>Serve, Don’t Sell: Focus on your client’s needs, not your product.</li>
<li>Meet Them Where They Are: Understand their present situation, not where you want them to be.</li>
<li>Seek to Understand: Listen to your client’s challenges before offering solutions.</li>
</ul>
<p>🔑 The Four Buying Questions Framework</p>
<ol>
<li>Past Question: “How did you get started in your business?”</li>
<li>Future Question: “What’s your vision for the next 3, 5, or 10 years?”</li>
<li>Present Question: “What’s the one thing you can do today to move forward?”</li>
<li>Customer Profile Question: “Who is your ideal customer?”</li>
</ol>
<p>🔑 The Four Walking In Commitments</p>
<ul>
<li>Prioritize their long-term best interest.</li>
<li>Only discuss your business when invited.</li>
<li>Focus on cultivating relationships, not immediate sales.</li>
<li>Always make an offer, even if it’s unrelated to your service.</li>
</ul>
<p>Stop selling and start serving. By asking thoughtful questions instead of delivering pitches, you build trust, clarify your client’s needs, and create lasting success.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vvpgs6v3yv7qhke9/GOTT_31_Four_Buying_Questions_Final_Video_03062591i0o.mp4" length="311432186" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, Chuck Blakeman reveals how to shift from traditional selling to serving with his Four Buying Questions approach. Discover how to build deeper client relationships, earn trust, and guide them to make informed decisions — all without pushing a sale.
Key Insights:
🔑 Principles Behind the Four Buying Questions

Serve, Don’t Sell: Focus on your client’s needs, not your product.
Meet Them Where They Are: Understand their present situation, not where you want them to be.
Seek to Understand: Listen to your client’s challenges before offering solutions.

🔑 The Four Buying Questions Framework

Past Question: “How did you get started in your business?”
Future Question: “What’s your vision for the next 3, 5, or 10 years?”
Present Question: “What’s the one thing you can do today to move forward?”
Customer Profile Question: “Who is your ideal customer?”

🔑 The Four Walking In Commitments

Prioritize their long-term best interest.
Only discuss your business when invited.
Focus on cultivating relationships, not immediate sales.
Always make an offer, even if it’s unrelated to your service.

Stop selling and start serving. By asking thoughtful questions instead of delivering pitches, you build trust, clarify your client’s needs, and create lasting success.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1077</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_31_-_Cover_Image7k8i5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #32: Stakeholder Mindset with Jeff Krommendyk</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #32: Stakeholder Mindset with Jeff Krommendyk</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-32-stakeholder-mindset-with-jeff-krommendyk/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-32-stakeholder-mindset-with-jeff-krommendyk/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2025 08:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/135e9bdc-41f8-39b3-8ef4-db9753c99406</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Get Off the Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Jeff Krommendyk, former owner of Security First Insurance Agency, to dive deep into how small business owners can build intentional company cultures—no matter their size. Jeff shares his inspiring journey from the grind of startup life to creating a freedom-based business model, and eventually selling his successful agency.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck and Jeff explore the concept of a stakeholder mindset—how rethinking roles, language, and responsibility can transform a traditional "employee culture" into one rooted in ownership, dignity, and trust. Jeff shares practical strategies like rewriting the employee handbook, reshaping job postings, and redefining decision-making through the powerful “above and below the waterline” framework.</p>
<p>This episode is packed with wisdom for any business owner looking to empower their team, elevate their culture, and get off the treadmill of working in the business instead of on it.</p>
<p>Take the next step and grab a copy of Chuck’s new book, Sell Less Earn More: <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819'>https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819</a> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off the Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Jeff Krommendyk, former owner of Security First Insurance Agency, to dive deep into how small business owners can build intentional company cultures—no matter their size. Jeff shares his inspiring journey from the grind of startup life to creating a freedom-based business model, and eventually selling his successful agency.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck and Jeff explore the concept of a stakeholder mindset—how rethinking roles, language, and responsibility can transform a traditional "employee culture" into one rooted in ownership, dignity, and trust. Jeff shares practical strategies like rewriting the employee handbook, reshaping job postings, and redefining decision-making through the powerful “above and below the waterline” framework.</p>
<p>This episode is packed with wisdom for any business owner looking to empower their team, elevate their culture, and get off the treadmill of working in the business instead of on it.</p>
<p>Take the next step and grab a copy of Chuck’s new book, <em>Sell Less Earn More</em>: <a href='https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819'>https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819</a> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jvjzqgbufj7vcdby/Jeff-Krommendyk-_2-Stakeholder-Mindset-FINAL7n6t6.mp4" length="362099992" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of Get Off the Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Jeff Krommendyk, former owner of Security First Insurance Agency, to dive deep into how small business owners can build intentional company cultures—no matter their size. Jeff shares his inspiring journey from the grind of startup life to creating a freedom-based business model, and eventually selling his successful agency.
Together, Chuck and Jeff explore the concept of a stakeholder mindset—how rethinking roles, language, and responsibility can transform a traditional "employee culture" into one rooted in ownership, dignity, and trust. Jeff shares practical strategies like rewriting the employee handbook, reshaping job postings, and redefining decision-making through the powerful “above and below the waterline” framework.
This episode is packed with wisdom for any business owner looking to empower their team, elevate their culture, and get off the treadmill of working in the business instead of on it.
Take the next step and grab a copy of Chuck’s new book, Sell Less Earn More: https://www.amazon.com/dp/1642011819 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1260</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Stakeholder_mindset_1_b5yix.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #33: How To Set An Appointment with a Potential Customer</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #33: How To Set An Appointment with a Potential Customer</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-33-how-to-set-an-appt-with-a-potential-customer/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-33-how-to-set-an-appt-with-a-potential-customer/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/c99d11ce-ef6a-3d83-904f-a149f36dfbe4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into what he calls a counter-logical approach to filling your appointment calendar—one that starts with how you lead, not how you sell. He unpacks why most sales processes break down before the pitch even starts and shows you how to create a steady stream of potential clients using the Proximity Principle (aka the Hug Principle).</p>
<p>Chuck revisits the Four Walking-In Commitments and the Four Buying Questions, then breaks down the four types of marketing quadrants—explaining why relationship marketing gives small business owners an “unfair advantage.” You’ll learn a practical, proven system to schedule appointments with ease and confidence, helping you stand out as a leader, not just another salesperson.</p>
<p>If you're tired of chasing leads and want a strategy that actually fills your calendar, this episode is for you.</p>
<p dir="ltr">Key Takeaways:
✅ Why being a leader starts with how you schedule appointments
✅ The "Proximity Principle" and why it works
✅ A two-step appointment-setting system that increases responses
✅ The surprising quadrant where most small business owners should focus their energy
✅ How to use polite persistence with multiple mediums (text, email, call) without being pushy</p>
<p>📌 Listen now and learn how to make your sales process work before the sales conversation even begins.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into what he calls a counter-logical approach to filling your appointment calendar—one that starts with how you lead, not how you sell. He unpacks why most sales processes break down before the pitch even starts and shows you how to create a steady stream of potential clients using the Proximity Principle (aka the Hug Principle).</p>
<p>Chuck revisits the Four Walking-In Commitments and the Four Buying Questions, then breaks down the four types of marketing quadrants—explaining why relationship marketing gives small business owners an “unfair advantage.” You’ll learn a practical, proven system to schedule appointments with ease and confidence, helping you stand out as a leader, not just another salesperson.</p>
<p>If you're tired of chasing leads and want a strategy that actually fills your calendar, this episode is for you.</p>
<p dir="ltr">Key Takeaways:<br>
✅ Why being a leader starts with how you schedule appointments<br>
✅ The "Proximity Principle" and why it works<br>
✅ A two-step appointment-setting system that increases responses<br>
✅ The surprising quadrant where most small business owners should focus their energy<br>
✅ How to use polite persistence with multiple mediums (text, email, call) without being pushy</p>
<p>📌 Listen now and learn how to make your sales process work before the sales conversation even begins.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/d9ashx6bucqjh8z3/GOTT_33_How_to_Set_A_Buying_Appt_031225albba.mp4" length="304529123" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into what he calls a counter-logical approach to filling your appointment calendar—one that starts with how you lead, not how you sell. He unpacks why most sales processes break down before the pitch even starts and shows you how to create a steady stream of potential clients using the Proximity Principle (aka the Hug Principle).
Chuck revisits the Four Walking-In Commitments and the Four Buying Questions, then breaks down the four types of marketing quadrants—explaining why relationship marketing gives small business owners an “unfair advantage.” You’ll learn a practical, proven system to schedule appointments with ease and confidence, helping you stand out as a leader, not just another salesperson.
If you're tired of chasing leads and want a strategy that actually fills your calendar, this episode is for you.
Key Takeaways:✅ Why being a leader starts with how you schedule appointments✅ The "Proximity Principle" and why it works✅ A two-step appointment-setting system that increases responses✅ The surprising quadrant where most small business owners should focus their energy✅ How to use polite persistence with multiple mediums (text, email, call) without being pushy
📌 Listen now and learn how to make your sales process work before the sales conversation even begins.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1049</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_33_-_Cover_Image7azov.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #34: How to Build Trust and Grow Your Business with Liz Daeninck</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #34: How to Build Trust and Grow Your Business with Liz Daeninck</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-34-how-to-build-trust-and-grow-your-business-with-liz-daeninck/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-34-how-to-build-trust-and-grow-your-business-with-liz-daeninck/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 29 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/01eebc5c-7b3c-3df3-9f67-1d5e4f9091bd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Get Off the Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Liz Daeninck, Founder of Valentis Wellness, to explore the simple—but powerful—principle that drives sustainable business growth: consistency.</p>
<p>Chuck and Liz break down why doing what you say you’ll do isn’t just good ethics—it’s the ultimate marketing tool. They explain how consistency builds trust, why it’s cheaper and smarter to keep a client than chase new ones, and how a simple, structured plan can lead to higher referrals and better client relationships.</p>
<p>Whether you’re in wellness, business coaching, or selling chairs, the truth is universal: clients refer those they trust—and trust starts with consistency.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off the Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Liz Daeninck, Founder of Valentis Wellness, to explore the simple—but powerful—principle that drives sustainable business growth: consistency.</p>
<p>Chuck and Liz break down why doing what you say you’ll do isn’t just good ethics—it’s the ultimate marketing tool. They explain how consistency builds trust, why it’s cheaper and smarter to keep a client than chase new ones, and how a simple, structured plan can lead to higher referrals and better client relationships.</p>
<p>Whether you’re in wellness, business coaching, or selling chairs, the truth is universal: clients refer those they trust—and trust starts with consistency.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/je7yh8n2csa2pgx6/Get_Off_the_Treadmill_Podcast_-_Episode_34_Final_7f17l.mp4" length="155817392" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of Get Off the Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Liz Daeninck, Founder of Valentis Wellness, to explore the simple—but powerful—principle that drives sustainable business growth: consistency.
Chuck and Liz break down why doing what you say you’ll do isn’t just good ethics—it’s the ultimate marketing tool. They explain how consistency builds trust, why it’s cheaper and smarter to keep a client than chase new ones, and how a simple, structured plan can lead to higher referrals and better client relationships.
Whether you’re in wellness, business coaching, or selling chairs, the truth is universal: clients refer those they trust—and trust starts with consistency.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>552</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_346aa2s.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #35: How to Never Ask for a Referral Again</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #35: How to Never Ask for a Referral Again</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-35-how-to-never-ask-for-a-referral-again/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-35-how-to-never-ask-for-a-referral-again/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/a22401a0-8503-368a-89d1-1d28d03ec438</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into a game-changing mindset shift for small business owners: how to get more referrals without ever asking for them—at least not in the way you've been taught.</p>
<p>Chuck introduces a powerful, proven question that flips the referral process on its head. Instead of centering yourself, you'll learn how to engage clients by focusing on how they can help their friends. He unpacks the psychology behind why traditional referral requests often fail and shows you how this one simple, intentional question can lead to stronger client trust and more business.</p>
<p>Plus, Chuck breaks down the four best moments to “not ask” for a referral—including one that might surprise you: when you’ve messed up.</p>
<p>If you’re tired of awkwardly asking for referrals or feeling salesy, this episode is your blueprint for authentic growth through real relationships.</p>
<p>🧠 Key Takeaway: “Do you know one other person who might benefit from the experience you’re having?”</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into a game-changing mindset shift for small business owners: how to get more referrals without ever asking for them—at least not in the way you've been taught.</p>
<p>Chuck introduces a powerful, proven question that flips the referral process on its head. Instead of centering yourself, you'll learn how to engage clients by focusing on how they can help their friends. He unpacks the psychology behind why traditional referral requests often fail and shows you how this one simple, intentional question can lead to stronger client trust and more business.</p>
<p>Plus, Chuck breaks down the four best moments to “not ask” for a referral—including one that might surprise you: when you’ve messed up.</p>
<p>If you’re tired of awkwardly asking for referrals or feeling salesy, this episode is your blueprint for authentic growth through real relationships.</p>
<p>🧠 Key Takeaway: “Do you know one other person who might benefit from the experience you’re having?”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/65sdrnuf4wpy5qdt/GOTT_35_How_To_Never_Ask_for_A_Referral_Again_FINAL9bbqe.mp4" length="258884738" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into a game-changing mindset shift for small business owners: how to get more referrals without ever asking for them—at least not in the way you've been taught.
Chuck introduces a powerful, proven question that flips the referral process on its head. Instead of centering yourself, you'll learn how to engage clients by focusing on how they can help their friends. He unpacks the psychology behind why traditional referral requests often fail and shows you how this one simple, intentional question can lead to stronger client trust and more business.
Plus, Chuck breaks down the four best moments to “not ask” for a referral—including one that might surprise you: when you’ve messed up.
If you’re tired of awkwardly asking for referrals or feeling salesy, this episode is your blueprint for authentic growth through real relationships.
🧠 Key Takeaway: “Do you know one other person who might benefit from the experience you’re having?”]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>904</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_35_-_Cover_Image8voj2.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #36: Getting Your Numbers Right-Side Up with Allison Harvey</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #36: Getting Your Numbers Right-Side Up with Allison Harvey</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-36-getting-your-numbers-right-side-up-with-allison-harvey-and-mark-bellestri/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-36-getting-your-numbers-right-side-up-with-allison-harvey-and-mark-bellestri/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/de7fec8b-de7e-32d7-ad6b-bd091e824012</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this powerful follow-up conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down once again with Allison Harvey—founder of Benediction Counseling—and business advisor Mark Bellestri to explore what it really takes to get your business finances right-side up.</p>
<p>Allison shares candidly about a time when she was on the brink: maxed out loans, dipping into personal savings, and carrying the emotional weight of protecting her team. With help from outside eyes and a strategic shift in mindset, she rebuilt her business on a foundation of clarity, accountability, and sustainable growth.</p>
<p>🎙️ You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ What to do when your business is bleeding cash
✅ The “3 or 4 major levers” that affect profitability
✅ How mindset shifts around money and leadership changed everything
✅ Why knowing your break-even number is a game-changer
✅ How moving from “employer” to “stakeholder” culture helped her team thrive</p>
<p>💡 “Profit isn’t greedy—it’s what makes the risk of ownership sustainable.”</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this powerful follow-up conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down once again with Allison Harvey—founder of Benediction Counseling—and business advisor Mark Bellestri to explore what it really takes to get your business finances right-side up.</p>
<p>Allison shares candidly about a time when she was on the brink: maxed out loans, dipping into personal savings, and carrying the emotional weight of protecting her team. With help from outside eyes and a strategic shift in mindset, she rebuilt her business on a foundation of clarity, accountability, and sustainable growth.</p>
<p>🎙️ You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ What to do when your business is bleeding cash<br>
✅ The “3 or 4 major levers” that affect profitability<br>
✅ How mindset shifts around money and leadership changed everything<br>
✅ Why knowing your <em>break-even number</em> is a game-changer<br>
✅ How moving from “employer” to “stakeholder” culture helped her team thrive</p>
<p>💡 <em>“Profit isn’t greedy—it’s what makes the risk of ownership sustainable.”</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/himms8zjmv6p9kak/GOTT_36_Allison_Harvey_2-FINALarojt.mp4" length="388034542" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this powerful follow-up conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down once again with Allison Harvey—founder of Benediction Counseling—and business advisor Mark Bellestri to explore what it really takes to get your business finances right-side up.
Allison shares candidly about a time when she was on the brink: maxed out loans, dipping into personal savings, and carrying the emotional weight of protecting her team. With help from outside eyes and a strategic shift in mindset, she rebuilt her business on a foundation of clarity, accountability, and sustainable growth.
🎙️ You’ll discover:
✅ What to do when your business is bleeding cash✅ The “3 or 4 major levers” that affect profitability✅ How mindset shifts around money and leadership changed everything✅ Why knowing your break-even number is a game-changer✅ How moving from “employer” to “stakeholder” culture helped her team thrive
💡 “Profit isn’t greedy—it’s what makes the risk of ownership sustainable.”]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1348</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_36-min7o1py.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #37: Why Do We Sell to Strangers?</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #37: Why Do We Sell to Strangers?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-37-why-do-we-sell-to-strangers/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-37-why-do-we-sell-to-strangers/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/5d533ef1-23a7-3bf6-980d-c6cb45cb01bc</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman tackles a question most business owners never stop to ask:
Why are we still selling to strangers—and what if we didn’t have to?</p>
<p>Drawing from his decades of entrepreneurial experience, Chuck breaks down the outdated, industrial-age mindset that still drives most sales strategies today—and introduces a far better alternative. The episode explores how building trust and connection before the sale can eliminate the awkwardness, pressure, and inefficiency of chasing cold leads.</p>
<p>🎙️ You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why “the closer you are to a hug, the more likely you are to sell”
✅ How to build a steady stream of warm prospects (without cold calls)
✅ The second and third degree of separation strategy to unlock your network
✅ Why relationship-based selling beats transactions—every time
✅ A mindset shift that makes business more human (and more fun)</p>
<p>💬 “It’s not about selling harder. It’s about connecting deeper.”</p>
<p>If you’re tired of chasing cold leads, awkward closes, and old-school sales tactics—this episode will show you how to grow through trust, not transactions.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman tackles a question most business owners never stop to ask:<br>
<em>Why are we still selling to strangers—and what if we didn’t have to?</em></p>
<p>Drawing from his decades of entrepreneurial experience, Chuck breaks down the outdated, industrial-age mindset that still drives most sales strategies today—and introduces a far better alternative. The episode explores how building trust and connection before the sale can eliminate the awkwardness, pressure, and inefficiency of chasing cold leads.</p>
<p>🎙️ You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why “the closer you are to a hug, the more likely you are to sell”<br>
✅ How to build a steady stream of warm prospects (without cold calls)<br>
✅ The second and third degree of separation strategy to unlock your network<br>
✅ Why relationship-based selling beats transactions—every time<br>
✅ A mindset shift that makes business more human (and more fun)</p>
<p>💬 “<em>It’s not about selling harder. It’s about connecting deeper.</em>”</p>
<p>If you’re tired of chasing cold leads, awkward closes, and old-school sales tactics—this episode will show you how to grow through trust, not transactions.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/j56uusviwpq23ifm/GOTT_37_Why_do_we_sell_to_strangers_FINAL_05192566wjw.mp4" length="280461834" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman tackles a question most business owners never stop to ask:Why are we still selling to strangers—and what if we didn’t have to?
Drawing from his decades of entrepreneurial experience, Chuck breaks down the outdated, industrial-age mindset that still drives most sales strategies today—and introduces a far better alternative. The episode explores how building trust and connection before the sale can eliminate the awkwardness, pressure, and inefficiency of chasing cold leads.
🎙️ You’ll discover:
✅ Why “the closer you are to a hug, the more likely you are to sell”✅ How to build a steady stream of warm prospects (without cold calls)✅ The second and third degree of separation strategy to unlock your network✅ Why relationship-based selling beats transactions—every time✅ A mindset shift that makes business more human (and more fun)
💬 “It’s not about selling harder. It’s about connecting deeper.”
If you’re tired of chasing cold leads, awkward closes, and old-school sales tactics—this episode will show you how to grow through trust, not transactions.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>974</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_37_-_Cover_Image7wp4v.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #38: Making Sales Joyful with Lynn Whitbeck</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #38: Making Sales Joyful with Lynn Whitbeck</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/making-sales-joyful-with-lynn-whitbeck/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/making-sales-joyful-with-lynn-whitbeck/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/d46cdacf-2351-3113-ae2e-3d5069d41225</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Get Off the Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Lynn Whitbeck, the queen of joyful sales, to explore how shifting your mindset from “selling” to “serving” can transform your business—and your happiness. Lynn shares how worthy intent, authenticity, and a simple sales plan can make sales not only effective, but fulfilling.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever said “I hate selling,” this episode is for you.</p>
<p>🎙️ You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why “worthy intent” creates genuine client connection
✅ The power of showing up authentically (no scripts, no sleaze)
✅ How to build a sales strategy that feels natural—and scalable
✅ What to do when a prospect isn’t a good fit (hint: it’s still a win)
✅ How joy in the process leads to better clients and longer relationships</p>
<p>💡 “When you lead with service, joy follows—and so do your ideal clients.”</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>👤 About Lynn Whitbeck:
Lynn Whitbeck is the Queen of Joyful Sales. Business owners and entrepreneurs hire Lynn to ignite winning sales—because most fail to connect, capture, and close their ideal clients. She is the Founder and CEO of<a href='https://petite2queen.com'> Petite2Queen</a>, and host of Claim Your Career Crown and the Get More Clients Show streaming on Amazon Fire, Roku, and Apple TV. Lynn loves visiting national parks, cooking, and playing Pokémon Go.</p>
<p>📌 Connect with Lynn &amp; Explore More:
 🔹 Website: <a href='https://petite2queen.com'>https://petite2queen.com
</a> 🔹 Facebook: <a href='https://www.facebook.com/petite2queen/'>@petite2queen
</a> 🔹 Instagram: <a href='https://www.instagram.com/petite2queen/'>@petite2queen
</a> 🔹 YouTube: <a href='https://www.youtube.com/@petite2queen'>Petite2Queen Channel
</a> 🔹 Get More Clients TV Show: <a href='https://petite2queen.com/category/get-more-clients/'>Watch Here
</a> 🔹 LinkedIn: <a href='https://www.linkedin.com/in/lynnwhitbeck'>Lynn Whitbeck
</a> 🔹 <a href='https://petite2queen.com/grow/'>Grow Your Business Masterclass
</a> 🔹 <a href='https://petite2queen.com/ebook-gmc/'>Fortune 500 Sales Secrets eBook
</a> 🔹 <a href='https://petite2queen.com/checklist/'>Get More Clients Checklist</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off the Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Lynn Whitbeck, the queen of joyful sales, to explore how shifting your mindset from “selling” to “serving” can transform your business—and your happiness. Lynn shares how <em>worthy intent</em>, authenticity, and a simple sales plan can make sales not only effective, but fulfilling.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever said “I hate selling,” this episode is for you.</p>
<p>🎙️ You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why “worthy intent” creates genuine client connection<br>
✅ The power of showing up authentically (no scripts, no sleaze)<br>
✅ How to build a sales strategy that feels natural—and scalable<br>
✅ What to do when a prospect isn’t a good fit (hint: it’s still a win)<br>
✅ How joy in the process leads to better clients and longer relationships</p>
<p>💡 <em>“When you lead with service, joy follows—and so do your ideal clients.”</em></p>
<p><em>----more----</em></p>
<p>👤 About Lynn Whitbeck:<br>
Lynn Whitbeck is the Queen of Joyful Sales. Business owners and entrepreneurs hire Lynn to ignite winning sales—because most fail to connect, capture, and close their ideal clients. She is the Founder and CEO of<a href='https://petite2queen.com'> Petite2Queen</a>, and host of <em>Claim Your Career Crown</em> and the <em>Get More Clients Show</em> streaming on Amazon Fire, Roku, and Apple TV. Lynn loves visiting national parks, cooking, and playing Pokémon Go.</p>
<p>📌 Connect with Lynn &amp; Explore More:<br>
 🔹 Website: <a href='https://petite2queen.com'>https://petite2queen.com<br>
</a> 🔹 Facebook: <a href='https://www.facebook.com/petite2queen/'>@petite2queen<br>
</a> 🔹 Instagram: <a href='https://www.instagram.com/petite2queen/'>@petite2queen<br>
</a> 🔹 YouTube: <a href='https://www.youtube.com/@petite2queen'>Petite2Queen Channel<br>
</a> 🔹 <em>Get More Clients</em> TV Show: <a href='https://petite2queen.com/category/get-more-clients/'>Watch Here<br>
</a> 🔹 LinkedIn: <a href='https://www.linkedin.com/in/lynnwhitbeck'>Lynn Whitbeck<br>
</a> 🔹 <a href='https://petite2queen.com/grow/'>Grow Your Business Masterclass<br>
</a> 🔹 <a href='https://petite2queen.com/ebook-gmc/'>Fortune 500 Sales Secrets eBook<br>
</a> 🔹 <a href='https://petite2queen.com/checklist/'>Get More Clients Checklist</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/v7rewmsibwk64f7d/GOTT_Podcast_-_Lynn_Whitbeck_174xos.mp4" length="332038586" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of Get Off the Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Lynn Whitbeck, the queen of joyful sales, to explore how shifting your mindset from “selling” to “serving” can transform your business—and your happiness. Lynn shares how worthy intent, authenticity, and a simple sales plan can make sales not only effective, but fulfilling.
If you’ve ever said “I hate selling,” this episode is for you.
🎙️ You’ll discover:
✅ Why “worthy intent” creates genuine client connection✅ The power of showing up authentically (no scripts, no sleaze)✅ How to build a sales strategy that feels natural—and scalable✅ What to do when a prospect isn’t a good fit (hint: it’s still a win)✅ How joy in the process leads to better clients and longer relationships
💡 “When you lead with service, joy follows—and so do your ideal clients.”
----more----
👤 About Lynn Whitbeck:Lynn Whitbeck is the Queen of Joyful Sales. Business owners and entrepreneurs hire Lynn to ignite winning sales—because most fail to connect, capture, and close their ideal clients. She is the Founder and CEO of Petite2Queen, and host of Claim Your Career Crown and the Get More Clients Show streaming on Amazon Fire, Roku, and Apple TV. Lynn loves visiting national parks, cooking, and playing Pokémon Go.
📌 Connect with Lynn &amp; Explore More: 🔹 Website: https://petite2queen.com 🔹 Facebook: @petite2queen 🔹 Instagram: @petite2queen 🔹 YouTube: Petite2Queen Channel 🔹 Get More Clients TV Show: Watch Here 🔹 LinkedIn: Lynn Whitbeck 🔹 Grow Your Business Masterclass 🔹 Fortune 500 Sales Secrets eBook 🔹 Get More Clients Checklist]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1154</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_38-minb6hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #39: The Four Quadrants of Marketing</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #39: The Four Quadrants of Marketing</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-39-the-four-quadrants-of-marketing/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-39-the-four-quadrants-of-marketing/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 15:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/709db36f-8f00-3c02-b41a-77187c9d8e37</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Are you spending more and getting less from your marketing? It might be time to ditch the noise and go where the gold is.</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman breaks down the Four Quadrants of Marketing—from high-cost advertising to the underused strategy that consistently delivers results for small business owners: Relationship Marketing.</p>
<p>Whether you’re overwhelmed by ad budgets, tired of cold outreach, or just want to build a more human business, this episode gives you the clarity to choose the right marketing strategy for your size, stage, and values.</p>
<p>🎯 You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why small businesses struggle with Quadrant 1 (and why that’s okay)
✅ The difference between shotgun marketing and laser-focused direct outreach
✅ Real-world examples of how PR can drive big results with small budgets
✅ Why Relationship Marketing is the #1 growth strategy for small businesses
✅ Chuck’s personal favorite metric: “The closer you are to a hug, the more likely you are to sell something.”</p>
<p>💡 “In a small business, you don’t ‘have to’ build relationships—you ‘get to.’”</p>
<p>If you want more leads, less pressure, and better long-term ROI, this episode is your blueprint.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Are you spending more and getting less from your marketing? It might be time to ditch the noise and go where the gold is.</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman breaks down the Four Quadrants of Marketing—from high-cost advertising to the underused strategy that consistently delivers results for small business owners: Relationship Marketing.</p>
<p>Whether you’re overwhelmed by ad budgets, tired of cold outreach, or just want to build a more human business, this episode gives you the clarity to choose the right marketing strategy for your size, stage, and values.</p>
<p>🎯 You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why small businesses struggle with Quadrant 1 (and why that’s okay)<br>
✅ The difference between shotgun marketing and laser-focused direct outreach<br>
✅ Real-world examples of how PR can drive big results with small budgets<br>
✅ Why Relationship Marketing is the #1 growth strategy for small businesses<br>
✅ Chuck’s personal favorite metric: “The closer you are to a hug, the more likely you are to sell something.”</p>
<p>💡 <em>“In a small business, you don’t ‘have to’ build relationships—you ‘get to.’”</em></p>
<p>If you want more leads, less pressure, and better long-term ROI, this episode is your blueprint.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fnbqerwpsq3d386h/GOTT_39_Four_Quadrants_of_Marketing_FINAL_0603259n50a.mp4" length="160987078" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Are you spending more and getting less from your marketing? It might be time to ditch the noise and go where the gold is.
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman breaks down the Four Quadrants of Marketing—from high-cost advertising to the underused strategy that consistently delivers results for small business owners: Relationship Marketing.
Whether you’re overwhelmed by ad budgets, tired of cold outreach, or just want to build a more human business, this episode gives you the clarity to choose the right marketing strategy for your size, stage, and values.
🎯 You’ll discover:
✅ Why small businesses struggle with Quadrant 1 (and why that’s okay)✅ The difference between shotgun marketing and laser-focused direct outreach✅ Real-world examples of how PR can drive big results with small budgets✅ Why Relationship Marketing is the #1 growth strategy for small businesses✅ Chuck’s personal favorite metric: “The closer you are to a hug, the more likely you are to sell something.”
💡 “In a small business, you don’t ‘have to’ build relationships—you ‘get to.’”
If you want more leads, less pressure, and better long-term ROI, this episode is your blueprint.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>566</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_39_-_Cover_Image8ekun.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #40: What It Means to Work with a Revolutionized Operating System with Josh Allan Dykstra</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #40: What It Means to Work with a Revolutionized Operating System with Josh Allan Dykstra</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-40-what-it-means-to-work-with-a-revolutionized-operating-system-with-josh-allan-dykstra/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-40-what-it-means-to-work-with-a-revolutionized-operating-system-with-josh-allan-dykstra/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/2a7488dd-8cfe-308b-a4b6-19ec154e39e0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What if your company’s culture is running on an outdated operating system—and no one even realizes it?</p>
<p>In this insightful conversation, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Josh Allan Dykstra, CEO of The Work Revolution and one of today’s most respected thought leaders on the future of work and human energy. Together, they explore the idea that company culture functions like an operating system—often invisible, but massively influential.</p>
<p>Josh challenges us to move beyond default behaviors and start designing intentional, energizing systems that empower people to thrive—while freeing business owners from the daily grind.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why most company cultures happen by accident (and how to fix that)
✅ How to spot outdated “factory system” beliefs running in the background
✅ The power of creating a shared “Culture Book” to make values tangible
✅ How input equals ownership—and leads to lasting buy-in
✅ Why working on your system frees you from working in the chaos</p>

<p style="text-align: left;">“People only support what they help create. If you want your team to own the culture, they need a voice in building it.” — Josh Allan Dykstra</p>

<p>If you’re ready to stop running on autopilot and build a more intentional, human, and high-energy workplace—this episode is your blueprint.</p>
<p>Missed Josh's first appearance on the show? Check it out here: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/media/share/pb-f3h7r-1745b7d'>Episode 14: Human Energy in the Workplace</a></p>
<p>🔗 Connect with Josh and request a copy of his Culture Book: <a href='https://www.joshallan.com'>joshallan.com</a></p>
<p>📺 Watch Josh’s TED Talk for more on energy-based leadership systems</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if your company’s culture is running on an outdated operating system—and no one even realizes it?</p>
<p>In this insightful conversation, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Josh Allan Dykstra, CEO of The Work Revolution and one of today’s most respected thought leaders on the future of work and human energy. Together, they explore the idea that company culture functions like an operating system—often invisible, but massively influential.</p>
<p>Josh challenges us to move beyond default behaviors and start designing <em>intentional</em>, energizing systems that empower people to thrive—while freeing business owners from the daily grind.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why most company cultures happen by accident (and how to fix that)<br>
✅ How to spot outdated “factory system” beliefs running in the background<br>
✅ The power of creating a shared “Culture Book” to make values tangible<br>
✅ How input equals ownership—and leads to lasting buy-in<br>
✅ Why working <em>on</em> your system frees you from working <em>in</em> the chaos</p>

<p style="text-align: left;"><em>“People only support what they help create. If you want your team to own the culture, they need a voice in building it.”</em> — Josh Allan Dykstra</p>

<p>If you’re ready to stop running on autopilot and build a more intentional, human, and high-energy workplace—this episode is your blueprint.</p>
<p>Missed Josh's first appearance on the show? Check it out here: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/media/share/pb-f3h7r-1745b7d'>Episode 14: Human Energy in the Workplace</a></p>
<p>🔗 Connect with Josh and request a copy of his Culture Book: <a href='https://www.joshallan.com'>joshallan.com</a></p>
<p>📺 Watch Josh’s TED Talk for more on energy-based leadership systems</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fuy426jj48dns25m/GOTT_Podcast_40_-_Josh_Allan_Dykstra_FINAL8of4e.mp4" length="354963237" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if your company’s culture is running on an outdated operating system—and no one even realizes it?
In this insightful conversation, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Josh Allan Dykstra, CEO of The Work Revolution and one of today’s most respected thought leaders on the future of work and human energy. Together, they explore the idea that company culture functions like an operating system—often invisible, but massively influential.
Josh challenges us to move beyond default behaviors and start designing intentional, energizing systems that empower people to thrive—while freeing business owners from the daily grind.
🎧 You’ll discover:
✅ Why most company cultures happen by accident (and how to fix that)✅ How to spot outdated “factory system” beliefs running in the background✅ The power of creating a shared “Culture Book” to make values tangible✅ How input equals ownership—and leads to lasting buy-in✅ Why working on your system frees you from working in the chaos

“People only support what they help create. If you want your team to own the culture, they need a voice in building it.” — Josh Allan Dykstra

If you’re ready to stop running on autopilot and build a more intentional, human, and high-energy workplace—this episode is your blueprint.
Missed Josh's first appearance on the show? Check it out here: Episode 14: Human Energy in the Workplace
🔗 Connect with Josh and request a copy of his Culture Book: joshallan.com
📺 Watch Josh’s TED Talk for more on energy-based leadership systems]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1232</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_40-minbdijj.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #41: Work-Life Balance with John Heenan &amp; Henry McCrory (Live in Spain)</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #41: Work-Life Balance with John Heenan &amp; Henry McCrory (Live in Spain)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-41-work-life-balance-with-john-heenan-henry-mccrory-live-in-spain/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-41-work-life-balance-with-john-heenan-henry-mccrory-live-in-spain/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/f1286d4a-5f1b-34ca-a847-5f8e1ec5a89c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Is “work-life balance” even real—or just a leftover idea from the factory era?</p>
<p>In this candid and energizing conversation, Chuck Blakeman, John Heenan, and Henry McCrory unpack what it really means to live an integrated life—where work and personal priorities aren’t constantly at war, but intentionally woven together.</p>
<p>Together, they challenge the outdated notion of balance and offer a refreshing perspective on how to build a business and life around purpose, not pressure.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll hear:</p>
<p>✅ Why traditional “balance” creates rigidity, not freedom
✅ How integration gives you more control over your time and energy
✅ The one question that helps you focus on what truly matters
✅ Why managing tasks isn’t the same as leading your life
✅ How to schedule your days around values—not just obligations</p>
<p>💡 “What will I be glad I did today—10 years from now?”</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>Recorded on the road in Spain. Chuck shares fresh insights while traveling to a live event—proof that business (and breakthroughs) don’t wait for ideal conditions.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Is<em> “work-life balance” even real—or just a leftover idea from the factory era?</em></p>
<p>In this candid and energizing conversation, Chuck Blakeman, John Heenan, and Henry McCrory unpack what it really means to live an integrated life—where work and personal priorities aren’t constantly at war, but intentionally woven together.</p>
<p>Together, they challenge the outdated notion of balance and offer a refreshing perspective on how to build a business and life around purpose, not pressure.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll hear:</p>
<p>✅ Why traditional “balance” creates rigidity, not freedom<br>
✅ How integration gives you more control over your time and energy<br>
✅ The one question that helps you focus on what truly matters<br>
✅ Why managing tasks isn’t the same as leading your life<br>
✅ How to schedule your days around values—not just obligations</p>
<p>💡 <em>“What will I be glad I did today—10 years from now?”</em></p>
<p>—</p>
<p>Recorded on the road in Spain. Chuck shares fresh insights while traveling to a live event—proof that business (and breakthroughs) don’t wait for ideal conditions.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cus7f9mx88wktyfu/GOTT_Podcast_in_Spain_180pqx.mp4" length="288392169" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Is “work-life balance” even real—or just a leftover idea from the factory era?
In this candid and energizing conversation, Chuck Blakeman, John Heenan, and Henry McCrory unpack what it really means to live an integrated life—where work and personal priorities aren’t constantly at war, but intentionally woven together.
Together, they challenge the outdated notion of balance and offer a refreshing perspective on how to build a business and life around purpose, not pressure.
🎧 You’ll hear:
✅ Why traditional “balance” creates rigidity, not freedom✅ How integration gives you more control over your time and energy✅ The one question that helps you focus on what truly matters✅ Why managing tasks isn’t the same as leading your life✅ How to schedule your days around values—not just obligations
💡 “What will I be glad I did today—10 years from now?”
—
Recorded on the road in Spain. Chuck shares fresh insights while traveling to a live event—proof that business (and breakthroughs) don’t wait for ideal conditions.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1004</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_4191fpa.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #42: Daily Routines That Lead to Success with John Heenan &amp; Henry McCrory (Live in Spain)</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #42: Daily Routines That Lead to Success with John Heenan &amp; Henry McCrory (Live in Spain)</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-42-daily-routines-that-lead-to-success-with-john-heenan-henry-mccrory-live-in-spain/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-42-daily-routines-that-lead-to-success-with-john-heenan-henry-mccrory-live-in-spain/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2025 07:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/798c5091-84f3-3ffd-bd85-58ce1bbc5f7f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this energizing roundtable, Chuck Blakeman, John Heenan, and Henry McCrory explore the powerful link between daily routines and long-term success—not just in business, but in life.</p>
<p>From morning habits and mindset shifts to setting your priorities with intention, this episode offers practical takeaways for entrepreneurs who want more than just productivity… they want significance.</p>
<p>🎯 You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ The simple principles behind building a meaningful daily routine
✅ Why your inputs—books, people, and environment—shape your future
✅ How to lead yourself first before leading your business
✅ Why getting grounded daily helps overcome the tyranny of the urgent
✅ Tools like vision boards, gratitude, and breathing that actually work</p>
<p>💡 “What you do daily reflects what you truly value—whether you admit it or not.”</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>Recorded on the road in Spain. Chuck shares fresh insights while traveling to a live event—proof that business (and breakthroughs) don’t wait for perfect timing.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this energizing roundtable, Chuck Blakeman, John Heenan, and Henry McCrory explore the powerful link between daily routines and long-term success—not just in business, but in life.</p>
<p>From morning habits and mindset shifts to setting your priorities with intention, this episode offers practical takeaways for entrepreneurs who want more than just productivity… they want significance.</p>
<p>🎯 You’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ The simple principles behind building a meaningful daily routine<br>
✅ Why your inputs—books, people, and environment—shape your future<br>
✅ How to lead yourself first before leading your business<br>
✅ Why getting grounded daily helps overcome the tyranny of the urgent<br>
✅ Tools like vision boards, gratitude, and breathing that actually work</p>
<p>💡 <em>“What you do daily reflects what you truly value—whether you admit it or not.”</em></p>
<p>—</p>
<p>Recorded on the road in Spain. Chuck shares fresh insights while traveling to a live event—proof that business (and breakthroughs) don’t wait for perfect timing.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pm3rm7kvsuj9jdbs/GOTT_Podcast_in_Spain_26qk0c.mp4" length="262537175" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this energizing roundtable, Chuck Blakeman, John Heenan, and Henry McCrory explore the powerful link between daily routines and long-term success—not just in business, but in life.
From morning habits and mindset shifts to setting your priorities with intention, this episode offers practical takeaways for entrepreneurs who want more than just productivity… they want significance.
🎯 You’ll discover:
✅ The simple principles behind building a meaningful daily routine✅ Why your inputs—books, people, and environment—shape your future✅ How to lead yourself first before leading your business✅ Why getting grounded daily helps overcome the tyranny of the urgent✅ Tools like vision boards, gratitude, and breathing that actually work
💡 “What you do daily reflects what you truly value—whether you admit it or not.”
—
Recorded on the road in Spain. Chuck shares fresh insights while traveling to a live event—proof that business (and breakthroughs) don’t wait for perfect timing.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>925</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_4281cn4.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #43: The Role of Dissonance and Discord In Personal Growth</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #43: The Role of Dissonance and Discord In Personal Growth</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-43-the-role-of-dissonance-and-discord-in-personal-growth/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-43-the-role-of-dissonance-and-discord-in-personal-growth/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/c2d91821-cd2c-339e-b66e-87e1faa1d83d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special solo episode, Chuck Blakeman explores why moments of tension, discomfort, and even chaos are not something to run from—but the very moments that spark our deepest growth.</p>
<p>Drawing from music, Chuck illustrates how rhythm, melody, harmony, dissonance, and discord mirror our personal and business lives—and why leaning into what feels uncomfortable can lead us to new breakthroughs and richer, more meaningful experiences.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll hear:</p>
<p>✅ Why we don’t grow in our flow—we produce there
✅ How dissonance and discord act as invitations to transformation
✅ The difference between reacting to life vs. responding with intention
✅ What it means to find freedom within your circumstances—not from them
✅ How music teaches us to embrace life’s off-notes as part of a bigger harmony</p>
<p>💡 “Circumstances don’t make me who I am. How I respond to them does.”</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this special solo episode, Chuck Blakeman explores why moments of tension, discomfort, and even chaos are <em>not</em> something to run from—but the very moments that spark our deepest growth.</p>
<p>Drawing from music, Chuck illustrates how rhythm, melody, harmony, dissonance, and discord mirror our personal and business lives—and why leaning into what feels uncomfortable can lead us to new breakthroughs and richer, more meaningful experiences.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll hear:</p>
<p>✅ Why we <em>don’t</em> grow in our flow—we produce there<br>
✅ How dissonance and discord act as invitations to transformation<br>
✅ The difference between reacting to life vs. responding with intention<br>
✅ What it means to find freedom <em>within</em> your circumstances—not from them<br>
✅ How music teaches us to embrace life’s off-notes as part of a bigger harmony</p>
<p>💡 <em>“Circumstances don’t make me who I am. How I respond to them does.”</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u6jcxynnuz4zgmba/GOTT_43_The_Role_of_Dissonance_and_Discord_In_Personal_Growthayw1n.mp4" length="391931799" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this special solo episode, Chuck Blakeman explores why moments of tension, discomfort, and even chaos are not something to run from—but the very moments that spark our deepest growth.
Drawing from music, Chuck illustrates how rhythm, melody, harmony, dissonance, and discord mirror our personal and business lives—and why leaning into what feels uncomfortable can lead us to new breakthroughs and richer, more meaningful experiences.
🎧 You’ll hear:
✅ Why we don’t grow in our flow—we produce there✅ How dissonance and discord act as invitations to transformation✅ The difference between reacting to life vs. responding with intention✅ What it means to find freedom within your circumstances—not from them✅ How music teaches us to embrace life’s off-notes as part of a bigger harmony
💡 “Circumstances don’t make me who I am. How I respond to them does.”]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1361</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_43_-_Cover_Image6sqho.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #44: The Two-Page Strategic Plan with Vanessa Emerson</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #44: The Two-Page Strategic Plan with Vanessa Emerson</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-43-the-two-page-strategic-plan-with-vanessa-emerson/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-43-the-two-page-strategic-plan-with-vanessa-emerson/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/26e26cf3-4805-3be6-87a6-98997e95f61d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back business strategist and wellness educator Vanessa Emerson, founder of The Evolving Expert. Together, they explore why most business plans fail—and how a simple, dynamic two-page strategic plan can transform the way you run your business.</p>
<p>Vanessa and Chuck share how this living document keeps you focused on what truly moves your business forward—helping you move past the tyranny of the urgent and toward long-term significance.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll discover:
 ✅ The difference between a static business plan and a rolling strategic plan
 ✅ Why the best strategic plan impacts what you do today
 ✅ How to separate tasks that change your business forever from those that just keep it running
 ✅ The importance of revisiting your plan daily or weekly
 ✅ Real-life stories of entrepreneurs who used this process to double revenue and reclaim their time</p>
<p>💡 “If your strategic plan doesn’t impact your daily actions, it’s just shelf help.”</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>📍 Connect with Vanessa Emerson:
 Website:<a href='https://theevolvingexpert.com'> theevolvingexpert.com
</a> Email: <a href='mailto:info@vanessaemerson.com'>info@vanessaemerson.com</a></p>
<p>👉 Missed Vanessa’s first guest episode about life vision and the big why?
 Listen here → <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-69998-17671f3'>Episode 16</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back business strategist and wellness educator Vanessa Emerson, founder of <em>The Evolving Expert</em>. Together, they explore why most business plans fail—and how a simple, dynamic two-page strategic plan can transform the way you run your business.</p>
<p>Vanessa and Chuck share how this living document keeps you focused on what <em>truly</em> moves your business forward—helping you move past the tyranny of the urgent and toward long-term significance.</p>
<p>🎧 You’ll discover:<br>
 ✅ The difference between a static business plan and a rolling strategic plan<br>
 ✅ Why the best strategic plan impacts what you do <em>today</em><em><br>
</em> ✅ How to separate tasks that change your business forever from those that just keep it running<br>
 ✅ The importance of revisiting your plan daily or weekly<br>
 ✅ Real-life stories of entrepreneurs who used this process to double revenue and reclaim their time</p>
<p>💡 <em>“If your strategic plan doesn’t impact your daily actions, it’s just shelf help.”</em></p>
<p><em>----more----</em></p>
<p>📍 Connect with Vanessa Emerson:<br>
 Website:<a href='https://theevolvingexpert.com'> theevolvingexpert.com<br>
</a> Email: <a href='mailto:info@vanessaemerson.com'>info@vanessaemerson.com</a></p>
<p>👉 Missed Vanessa’s first guest episode about life vision and the big why?<br>
 Listen here → <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-69998-17671f3'>Episode 16</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dzimbgkyiffkyav7/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_44_FINAL6tom7.mp4" length="345909099" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back business strategist and wellness educator Vanessa Emerson, founder of The Evolving Expert. Together, they explore why most business plans fail—and how a simple, dynamic two-page strategic plan can transform the way you run your business.
Vanessa and Chuck share how this living document keeps you focused on what truly moves your business forward—helping you move past the tyranny of the urgent and toward long-term significance.
🎧 You’ll discover: ✅ The difference between a static business plan and a rolling strategic plan ✅ Why the best strategic plan impacts what you do today ✅ How to separate tasks that change your business forever from those that just keep it running ✅ The importance of revisiting your plan daily or weekly ✅ Real-life stories of entrepreneurs who used this process to double revenue and reclaim their time
💡 “If your strategic plan doesn’t impact your daily actions, it’s just shelf help.”
----more----
📍 Connect with Vanessa Emerson: Website: theevolvingexpert.com Email: info@vanessaemerson.com
👉 Missed Vanessa’s first guest episode about life vision and the big why? Listen here → Episode 16]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1203</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_44_-_Cover_Imagebb254.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #45: Three Reasons Not To Work on Weaknesses</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #45: Three Reasons Not To Work on Weaknesses</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-45-three-reasons-not-to-work-on-weaknesses/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-45-three-reasons-not-to-work-on-weaknesses/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/2ae07553-70f6-36b0-b02f-708097d2a653</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into one of the most counterintuitive truths about business ownership: You shouldn’t try to fix your weaknesses.</p>
<p>Chuck outlines three powerful reasons why working on your business weaknesses not only wastes time—it actually limits your success. You’ll learn:</p>
<p>✅ Why trying to be great at everything is a dangerous myth
✅ How focusing on weaknesses creates codependence and kills freedom
✅ Why doubling down on your strengths makes your business—and life—more effective and fulfilling</p>
<p>Chuck also introduces the Apex Profile—a groundbreaking tool designed specifically for business owners to identify their unique strengths and lead accordingly. If you’ve ever felt stuck or overwhelmed trying to “do it all,” this episode will set you free.</p>
<p>🔗 Check out the Apex Profile at <a href='https://apexprofile.com'>ApexProfile.com
</a>🎁Plus—listen in to catch an exclusive discount code for GOTT Podcast listeners!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into one of the most counterintuitive truths about business ownership: You shouldn’t try to fix your weaknesses.</p>
<p>Chuck outlines three powerful reasons why working on your business weaknesses not only wastes time—it actually limits your success. You’ll learn:</p>
<p>✅ Why trying to be great at everything is a dangerous myth<br>
✅ How focusing on weaknesses creates codependence and kills freedom<br>
✅ Why doubling down on your strengths makes your business—and life—more effective and fulfilling</p>
<p>Chuck also introduces the Apex Profile—a groundbreaking tool designed specifically for business owners to identify their unique strengths and lead accordingly. If you’ve ever felt stuck or overwhelmed trying to “do it all,” this episode will set you free.</p>
<p>🔗 Check out the Apex Profile at <a href='https://apexprofile.com'>ApexProfile.com<br>
</a>🎁Plus—listen in to catch an exclusive discount code for GOTT Podcast listeners!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mc6ssajm7k2r5wkz/GOTT_45_FINAL_Three_Reasons_Not_To_Work_On_Business_Weaknesses_-_072125ab6se.mp4" length="214306847" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into one of the most counterintuitive truths about business ownership: You shouldn’t try to fix your weaknesses.
Chuck outlines three powerful reasons why working on your business weaknesses not only wastes time—it actually limits your success. You’ll learn:
✅ Why trying to be great at everything is a dangerous myth✅ How focusing on weaknesses creates codependence and kills freedom✅ Why doubling down on your strengths makes your business—and life—more effective and fulfilling
Chuck also introduces the Apex Profile—a groundbreaking tool designed specifically for business owners to identify their unique strengths and lead accordingly. If you’ve ever felt stuck or overwhelmed trying to “do it all,” this episode will set you free.
🔗 Check out the Apex Profile at ApexProfile.com🎁Plus—listen in to catch an exclusive discount code for GOTT Podcast listeners!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>750</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_45_-_Cover_Imagebdfny.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #46: Freedom Mapping: How to Build a Business that Runs Without You with Stacy Voss</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #46: Freedom Mapping: How to Build a Business that Runs Without You with Stacy Voss</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-46-freedom-mapping-how-to-build-a-business-that-runs-without-you-with-stacy-voss/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-46-freedom-mapping-how-to-build-a-business-that-runs-without-you-with-stacy-voss/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/dfe74c2d-7ea7-34ec-aa5b-f07da52ca415</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>How do you create consistent results in your business while stepping further out of the day-to-day? In this powerful follow-up episode, Chuck sits down again with Stacy Voss to unpack the real-world impact of Freedom Mapping—a system Stacy uses to empower her remote team, improve client experience, and eliminate the need for constant management.</p>
<p>Together, they explore why documenting your core business processes (even if you're a solo entrepreneur) is a game-changer, how it fosters consistency and trust, and the mindset shift that allows business owners to move from control to collaboration. You’ll also hear practical ways to begin Freedom Mapping and how it ties directly to your company’s core values and mission.</p>
<p>If you're tired of feeling like the bottleneck in your business and want to build something that thrives without your constant oversight, this episode is your roadmap.</p>
<p>🔗 Learn more about Stacy Voss and her work at <a href='http://northstargrantwriting.com'>northstargrantwriting.com</a> </p>
<p>🎧 And if you missed Stacy’s first appearance on the show, go back and catch it—it’s a brilliant look at her journey from solopreneur to business owner with freedom. Check out <a href='https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/from-solopreneur-to-impact-maker-stacy-voss-on-scaling-for-freedom/'>Episode 22 here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How do you create consistent results in your business while stepping further out of the day-to-day? In this powerful follow-up episode, Chuck sits down again with Stacy Voss to unpack the real-world impact of <em>Freedom Mapping</em>—a system Stacy uses to empower her remote team, improve client experience, and eliminate the need for constant management.</p>
<p>Together, they explore why documenting your core business processes (even if you're a solo entrepreneur) is a game-changer, how it fosters consistency and trust, and the mindset shift that allows business owners to move from control to collaboration. You’ll also hear practical ways to begin Freedom Mapping and how it ties directly to your company’s core values and mission.</p>
<p>If you're tired of feeling like the bottleneck in your business and want to build something that thrives without your constant oversight, this episode is your roadmap.</p>
<p>🔗 Learn more about Stacy Voss and her work at <a href='http://northstargrantwriting.com'>northstargrantwriting.com</a> </p>
<p>🎧 And if you missed Stacy’s first appearance on the show, go back and catch it—it’s a brilliant look at her journey from solopreneur to business owner with freedom. Check out <a href='https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/from-solopreneur-to-impact-maker-stacy-voss-on-scaling-for-freedom/'>Episode 22 here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bbz7mnamdhkthprs/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_46awrmv.mp4" length="439131349" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[How do you create consistent results in your business while stepping further out of the day-to-day? In this powerful follow-up episode, Chuck sits down again with Stacy Voss to unpack the real-world impact of Freedom Mapping—a system Stacy uses to empower her remote team, improve client experience, and eliminate the need for constant management.
Together, they explore why documenting your core business processes (even if you're a solo entrepreneur) is a game-changer, how it fosters consistency and trust, and the mindset shift that allows business owners to move from control to collaboration. You’ll also hear practical ways to begin Freedom Mapping and how it ties directly to your company’s core values and mission.
If you're tired of feeling like the bottleneck in your business and want to build something that thrives without your constant oversight, this episode is your roadmap.
🔗 Learn more about Stacy Voss and her work at northstargrantwriting.com 
🎧 And if you missed Stacy’s first appearance on the show, go back and catch it—it’s a brilliant look at her journey from solopreneur to business owner with freedom. Check out Episode 22 here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1526</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_46_-_Cover_Image8b32q.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #47: Your Competition, Isn’t</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #47: Your Competition, Isn’t</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-47-your-competition-isn-t/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-47-your-competition-isn-t/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/6eabeff0-6458-3fd8-84d6-d9d85b400535</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges one of the most deeply held beliefs in business: the idea that you have competition.</p>
<p>What if competition doesn’t exist?</p>
<p>Chuck shares how adopting a scarcity mindset—where business is a zero-sum game—leads to fear, stress, and toxic culture. But when you embrace an abundance mindset, everything changes. You stop chasing other people’s success, and start building something truly your own.</p>
<p>You’ll hear:
 ✅ Why “competition” is a distraction, not a threat
 ✅ How copying other businesses leads to mediocrity
 ✅ Why abundance-minded leaders build more successful (and joyful) businesses
 ✅ Real stories from Microsoft, Apple, and Chuck’s own journey that illustrate the difference
 ✅ How to focus your time and energy on your unique value instead of playing defense</p>

<p>💡 “You weren’t built to chase someone else’s dream. You were built to create your own.”</p>

<p>If you’ve been looking over your shoulder, measuring your value by someone else’s success, this episode is your wake-up call.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges one of the most deeply held beliefs in business: the idea that you have competition.</p>
<p>What if competition doesn’t exist?</p>
<p>Chuck shares how adopting a scarcity mindset—where business is a zero-sum game—leads to fear, stress, and toxic culture. But when you embrace an abundance mindset, everything changes. You stop chasing other people’s success, and start building something truly your own.</p>
<p>You’ll hear:<br>
 ✅ Why “competition” is a distraction, not a threat<br>
 ✅ How copying other businesses leads to mediocrity<br>
 ✅ Why abundance-minded leaders build more successful (and joyful) businesses<br>
 ✅ Real stories from Microsoft, Apple, and Chuck’s own journey that illustrate the difference<br>
 ✅ How to focus your time and energy on <em>your</em> unique value instead of playing defense</p>

<p>💡 <em>“You weren’t built to chase someone else’s dream. You were built to create your own.”</em></p>

<p>If you’ve been looking over your shoulder, measuring your value by someone else’s success, this episode is your wake-up call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/exknwdrfn2x64ikv/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_47_FINAL8nxxb.mp4" length="187123795" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges one of the most deeply held beliefs in business: the idea that you have competition.
What if competition doesn’t exist?
Chuck shares how adopting a scarcity mindset—where business is a zero-sum game—leads to fear, stress, and toxic culture. But when you embrace an abundance mindset, everything changes. You stop chasing other people’s success, and start building something truly your own.
You’ll hear: ✅ Why “competition” is a distraction, not a threat ✅ How copying other businesses leads to mediocrity ✅ Why abundance-minded leaders build more successful (and joyful) businesses ✅ Real stories from Microsoft, Apple, and Chuck’s own journey that illustrate the difference ✅ How to focus your time and energy on your unique value instead of playing defense

💡 “You weren’t built to chase someone else’s dream. You were built to create your own.”

If you’ve been looking over your shoulder, measuring your value by someone else’s success, this episode is your wake-up call.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>657</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_47_-_Cover_Image9meu5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #48: The 7 Stages of Business Ownership with Bryan Farley</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #48: The 7 Stages of Business Ownership with Bryan Farley</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-48-the-7-stages-of-business-ownership-with-bryan-farley/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-48-the-7-stages-of-business-ownership-with-bryan-farley/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 12 Aug 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/668fe5d1-cd2c-3d76-adfc-b71a03312170</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What if you could look at your business like a map—one that clearly shows where you are today and how to get to the life you actually want?</p>
<p>In this powerful conversation, Chuck sits down with Bryan Farley, President of Association Reserves Colorado, to unpack the Seven Stages of Business Ownership—a framework that shifts the focus from just growing a business to building one that truly serves you. Together, they break down the journey from startup to freedom, share the pitfalls of getting stuck in “Stage Four” (where your business makes money but steals your time), and reveal the mindset shift that moves you toward a company that thrives even when you’re not there.</p>
<p>Whether you’re in survival mode, chasing stability, or ready to design your ideal lifestyle, this episode gives you the clarity and direction to move forward with intention.</p>
<p>🔗 Learn more about Bryan Farley and Association Reserves at <a href='https://www.reservestudy.com'>reservestudy.com
</a> 🎧 Don’t miss Bryan’s first guest appearance in Episode 18: Unlocking Freedom in Business: The Power of Freedom Mapping — <a href='https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-tewe2-1786cf0'>Listen here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if you could look at your business like a map—one that clearly shows where you are today and how to get to the life you actually want?</p>
<p>In this powerful conversation, Chuck sits down with Bryan Farley, President of Association Reserves Colorado, to unpack the Seven Stages of Business Ownership—a framework that shifts the focus from just growing a business to building one that truly serves you. Together, they break down the journey from <em>startup</em> to <em>freedom</em>, share the pitfalls of getting stuck in “Stage Four” (where your business makes money but steals your time), and reveal the mindset shift that moves you toward a company that thrives even when you’re not there.</p>
<p>Whether you’re in survival mode, chasing stability, or ready to design your ideal lifestyle, this episode gives you the clarity and direction to move forward with intention.</p>
<p>🔗 Learn more about Bryan Farley and Association Reserves at <a href='https://www.reservestudy.com'>reservestudy.com<br>
</a> 🎧 Don’t miss Bryan’s first guest appearance in Episode 18: Unlocking Freedom in Business: The Power of Freedom Mapping — <a href='https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-tewe2-1786cf0'>Listen here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cgdmxikxazvcuk52/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_48_FINAL6ftk3.mp4" length="340570933" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could look at your business like a map—one that clearly shows where you are today and how to get to the life you actually want?
In this powerful conversation, Chuck sits down with Bryan Farley, President of Association Reserves Colorado, to unpack the Seven Stages of Business Ownership—a framework that shifts the focus from just growing a business to building one that truly serves you. Together, they break down the journey from startup to freedom, share the pitfalls of getting stuck in “Stage Four” (where your business makes money but steals your time), and reveal the mindset shift that moves you toward a company that thrives even when you’re not there.
Whether you’re in survival mode, chasing stability, or ready to design your ideal lifestyle, this episode gives you the clarity and direction to move forward with intention.
🔗 Learn more about Bryan Farley and Association Reserves at reservestudy.com 🎧 Don’t miss Bryan’s first guest appearance in Episode 18: Unlocking Freedom in Business: The Power of Freedom Mapping — Listen here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1181</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_48_-_Cover_Imageau6v3.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #49: Why Keeping Appointments with Yourself Is So Important to Your Business with Mark Bellestri</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #49: Why Keeping Appointments with Yourself Is So Important to Your Business with Mark Bellestri</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-49-why-keeping-appointments-with-yourself-is-so-important-to-your-business-with-mark-bellestri/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-49-why-keeping-appointments-with-yourself-is-so-important-to-your-business-with-mark-bellestri/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 18:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/846e9102-174a-3d85-9b13-7e053e194002</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>As entrepreneurs, we’d never dream of blowing off an appointment with a client—so why do we so often blow off the appointments we set with ourselves?</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck sits down with Mark Bellestri—a seasoned entrepreneur, 3to5 Club facilitator, and Crankset leader—to explore why honoring your own calendar may be the most important discipline in business ownership.</p>
<p>With a diverse career spanning real estate, insurance, banking, consulting, and business ownership, Mark has successfully grown companies in the locksmith, healthcare, and education sectors. Drawing from his wide-ranging experience, he shares why keeping appointments with yourself isn’t just a productivity hack—it’s a long-term strategy for freedom, balance, and abundance.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck and Mark unpack:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between signal vs. noise and why most of us get stuck in the noise.

</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How “playing office” keeps us busy but not productive.

</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The one thing you can do each week to create permanent momentum in your business.

</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why your strategic work needs a different place than your tactical work.

</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How keeping appointments with yourself leads to less stress, more impact, and lasting freedom.

</li>
</ul>
<p>If you feel trapped by the tyranny of the urgent, this conversation is for you. Learn why your own calendar is the first place to start—and how committing to yourself can change your entire business trajectory.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As entrepreneurs, we’d never dream of blowing off an appointment with a client—so why do we so often blow off the appointments we set with ourselves?</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck sits down with Mark Bellestri—a seasoned entrepreneur, 3to5 Club facilitator, and Crankset leader—to explore why honoring your own calendar may be the most important discipline in business ownership.</p>
<p>With a diverse career spanning real estate, insurance, banking, consulting, and business ownership, Mark has successfully grown companies in the locksmith, healthcare, and education sectors. Drawing from his wide-ranging experience, he shares why keeping appointments with yourself isn’t just a productivity hack—it’s a long-term strategy for freedom, balance, and abundance.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck and Mark unpack:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between <em>signal vs. noise</em> and why most of us get stuck in the noise.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How “playing office” keeps us busy but not productive.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The one thing you can do each week to create permanent momentum in your business.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why your strategic work needs a different place than your tactical work.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How keeping appointments with yourself leads to less stress, more impact, and lasting freedom.<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you feel trapped by the tyranny of the urgent, this conversation is for you. Learn why your own calendar is the first place to start—and how committing to yourself can change your entire business trajectory.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3z46k2k4q8vtjkrj/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_49612s6.mp4" length="362649179" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As entrepreneurs, we’d never dream of blowing off an appointment with a client—so why do we so often blow off the appointments we set with ourselves?
In this episode, Chuck sits down with Mark Bellestri—a seasoned entrepreneur, 3to5 Club facilitator, and Crankset leader—to explore why honoring your own calendar may be the most important discipline in business ownership.
With a diverse career spanning real estate, insurance, banking, consulting, and business ownership, Mark has successfully grown companies in the locksmith, healthcare, and education sectors. Drawing from his wide-ranging experience, he shares why keeping appointments with yourself isn’t just a productivity hack—it’s a long-term strategy for freedom, balance, and abundance.
Together, Chuck and Mark unpack:

The difference between signal vs. noise and why most of us get stuck in the noise.
How “playing office” keeps us busy but not productive.
The one thing you can do each week to create permanent momentum in your business.
Why your strategic work needs a different place than your tactical work.
How keeping appointments with yourself leads to less stress, more impact, and lasting freedom.

If you feel trapped by the tyranny of the urgent, this conversation is for you. Learn why your own calendar is the first place to start—and how committing to yourself can change your entire business trajectory.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1248</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_49_-_Cover_Image9ecbp.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #50: Why We All Need a Bad Plan and How to Make It Work with Jennifer Stapleton</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #50: Why We All Need a Bad Plan and How to Make It Work with Jennifer Stapleton</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-50-why-we-all-need-a-bad-plan-and-how-to-make-it-work-with-jennifer-stapleton/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-50-why-we-all-need-a-bad-plan-and-how-to-make-it-work-with-jennifer-stapleton/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/7a55adef-ade9-3a6a-ab8a-d6eb1c66fb44</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Sometimes, the biggest obstacle to success isn’t failure—it’s waiting for the “perfect” plan. In this milestone 50th episode, Chuck welcomes back Jennifer Stapleton to explore why having a bad plan is often far better than no plan at all.</p>
<p>Jennifer shares her insights from the FasTrak program, including how creating a simple “bad plan for success” helped her break through analysis paralysis, build consistency, and drive real results. Together, they unpack practical ways to design a plan you can actually execute, how accountability tools (like giant paperclips!) can keep you on track, and why movement—not endless planning—creates clarity.</p>
<p>Jennifer Stapleton is the founding partner of Fire &amp; Bliss, a communications and marketing firm serving philanthropies and nonprofits. With decades of experience as a strategist, advocate, and senior communications executive, Jennifer has helped organizations achieve major legislative wins, secure funding, and land coverage in top publications. Her unique mix of creativity and strategy continues to empower mission-driven businesses and nonprofits to thrive.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever found yourself overthinking, stuck in planning mode, or waiting for the perfect conditions to start, this episode will help you take action—because even a bad plan can lead to great outcomes.</p>
<p>🔗 Learn more about Jennifer’s work at <a href='http://fireandbliss.com'>fireandbliss.com</a> </p>
<p>🔗 Connect with Jennifer on <a href='https://www.linkedin.com/in/jenniferbcstapleton/'>LinkedIn</a></p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>For more from Jennifer, go back and listen to her first guest episode:
 Episode #26: Serve, Don’t Sell: The Path to Sustainable Success <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-b7c2z-1815f67?utm_source=chatgpt.com'>Listen here</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sometimes, the biggest obstacle to success isn’t failure—it’s waiting for the “perfect” plan. In this milestone 50th episode, Chuck welcomes back Jennifer Stapleton to explore why having a <em>bad plan</em> is often far better than no plan at all.</p>
<p>Jennifer shares her insights from the FasTrak program, including how creating a simple “bad plan for success” helped her break through analysis paralysis, build consistency, and drive real results. Together, they unpack practical ways to design a plan you can actually execute, how accountability tools (like giant paperclips!) can keep you on track, and why movement—not endless planning—creates clarity.</p>
<p>Jennifer Stapleton is the founding partner of Fire &amp; Bliss, a communications and marketing firm serving philanthropies and nonprofits. With decades of experience as a strategist, advocate, and senior communications executive, Jennifer has helped organizations achieve major legislative wins, secure funding, and land coverage in top publications. Her unique mix of creativity and strategy continues to empower mission-driven businesses and nonprofits to thrive.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever found yourself overthinking, stuck in planning mode, or waiting for the perfect conditions to start, this episode will help you take action—because even a bad plan can lead to great outcomes.</p>
<p>🔗 Learn more about Jennifer’s work at <a href='http://fireandbliss.com'>fireandbliss.com</a> </p>
<p>🔗 Connect with Jennifer on <a href='https://www.linkedin.com/in/jenniferbcstapleton/'>LinkedIn</a></p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>For more from Jennifer, go back and listen to her first guest episode:<br>
 Episode #26: Serve, Don’t Sell: The Path to Sustainable Success <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-b7c2z-1815f67?utm_source=chatgpt.com'>Listen here</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ddmxarcvh7ep98nw/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_50_FINALblhva.mp4" length="932984812" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Sometimes, the biggest obstacle to success isn’t failure—it’s waiting for the “perfect” plan. In this milestone 50th episode, Chuck welcomes back Jennifer Stapleton to explore why having a bad plan is often far better than no plan at all.
Jennifer shares her insights from the FasTrak program, including how creating a simple “bad plan for success” helped her break through analysis paralysis, build consistency, and drive real results. Together, they unpack practical ways to design a plan you can actually execute, how accountability tools (like giant paperclips!) can keep you on track, and why movement—not endless planning—creates clarity.
Jennifer Stapleton is the founding partner of Fire &amp; Bliss, a communications and marketing firm serving philanthropies and nonprofits. With decades of experience as a strategist, advocate, and senior communications executive, Jennifer has helped organizations achieve major legislative wins, secure funding, and land coverage in top publications. Her unique mix of creativity and strategy continues to empower mission-driven businesses and nonprofits to thrive.
If you’ve ever found yourself overthinking, stuck in planning mode, or waiting for the perfect conditions to start, this episode will help you take action—because even a bad plan can lead to great outcomes.
🔗 Learn more about Jennifer’s work at fireandbliss.com 
🔗 Connect with Jennifer on LinkedIn
----more----
For more from Jennifer, go back and listen to her first guest episode: Episode #26: Serve, Don’t Sell: The Path to Sustainable Success Listen here]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2135</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_50_-_Cover_Image732yy.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #51: How To Change Things Permanently</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #51: How To Change Things Permanently</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-51-how-to-change-things-permanently/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-51-how-to-change-things-permanently/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2025 19:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/36b454cf-53fe-3306-81b2-83a89de9016f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives deep into the art and science of lasting personal change and why it’s fundamental for business owners who want to keep growing.</p>
<p>Chuck unpacks the four essential questions we all face around change:</p>
<ul>
<li>Can we change?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Should we change?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Will we change?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">And if so, how?
</li>
</ul>
<p>Along the way, he explores how our nervous system is wired for transformation, why knowledge alone won’t move the needle, and why true change comes from identity shifts, community, and attachment.</p>
<p>You’ll also hear practical insights about learning agility, reframing stress as growth, and the simple but profound truth: “If you want something to change, you have to change something.”</p>
<p>If you’ve ever struggled to make change stick or wondered how to grow without burning out, this episode will give you the mindset and tools to create permanent transformation in both life and business.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives deep into the art and science of lasting personal change and why it’s fundamental for business owners who want to keep growing.</p>
<p>Chuck unpacks the four essential questions we all face around change:</p>
<ul>
<li>Can we change?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Should we change?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Will we change?</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">And if so, how?<br>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Along the way, he explores how our nervous system is wired for transformation, why knowledge alone won’t move the needle, and why true change comes from identity shifts, community, and attachment.</p>
<p>You’ll also hear practical insights about learning agility, reframing stress as growth, and the simple but profound truth: <em>“If you want something to change, you have to change something.”</em></p>
<p>If you’ve ever struggled to make change stick or wondered how to grow without burning out, this episode will give you the mindset and tools to create permanent transformation in both life and business.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ddmxarcvh7ep98nw/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_50_FINALblhva.mp4" length="932984812" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives deep into the art and science of lasting personal change and why it’s fundamental for business owners who want to keep growing.
Chuck unpacks the four essential questions we all face around change:

Can we change?
Should we change?
Will we change?
And if so, how?

Along the way, he explores how our nervous system is wired for transformation, why knowledge alone won’t move the needle, and why true change comes from identity shifts, community, and attachment.
You’ll also hear practical insights about learning agility, reframing stress as growth, and the simple but profound truth: “If you want something to change, you have to change something.”
If you’ve ever struggled to make change stick or wondered how to grow without burning out, this episode will give you the mindset and tools to create permanent transformation in both life and business.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2135</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_51_-_Cover_Image6rpp7.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #52: Getting Rid the Whole Idea of Selling with Carey Lindeman</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #52: Getting Rid the Whole Idea of Selling with Carey Lindeman</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-52-getting-rid-the-whole-idea-of-selling-with-carey-lindeman/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-52-getting-rid-the-whole-idea-of-selling-with-carey-lindeman/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 19:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/939e2bb1-e71f-386c-b46b-5fe5dcfad4fb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What if you could grow your business without “selling” at all? In this episode, Chuck sits down with Carey Lindeman to unpack the radical (and freeing) idea of Serve, Don’t Sell.</p>
<p>Carey shares how shifting from transactional sales to relational service has transformed her business and how principles like finding “lumberjacks,” hosting catalyst events, and asking the right questions can help you build trust, attract clients, and enjoy the process instead of dreading it.</p>
<p>Together, they explore practical strategies from the FasTrak framework that show why focusing on relationships, not transactions, is the path to sustainable growth.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever hated the idea of selling, this conversation will give you a fresh mindset and real-world steps to build your business in a way that feels natural, fulfilling, and effective.</p>
<p>🔗 Carey also joined Chuck earlier in <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-48raq-183a5d3'>Episode 28 – The Power of Moving From Rugged Individualism to Living in Business Community</a>. Don’t miss that one for even more insights into building community in business!</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>Learn more about Promise Care: <a href='https://promisecareinc.com/'>https://promisecareinc.com/</a> 
Get a hold of Carey at <a href='mailto:carey@3to5club.com'>carey@3to5club.com</a> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if you could grow your business without “<em>selling</em>” at all? In this episode, Chuck sits down with Carey Lindeman to unpack the radical (and freeing) idea of <em>Serve, Don’t Sell</em>.</p>
<p>Carey shares how shifting from transactional sales to relational service has transformed her business and how principles like finding “<em>lumberjacks</em>,” hosting catalyst events, and asking the right questions can help you build trust, attract clients, and enjoy the process instead of dreading it.</p>
<p>Together, they explore practical strategies from the FasTrak framework that show why focusing on relationships, not transactions, is the path to sustainable growth.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever hated the idea of selling, this conversation will give you a fresh mindset and real-world steps to build your business in a way that feels natural, fulfilling, and effective.</p>
<p>🔗 Carey also joined Chuck earlier in <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-48raq-183a5d3'>Episode 28 – The Power of Moving From Rugged Individualism to Living in Business Community</a>. Don’t miss that one for even more insights into building community in business!</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>Learn more about Promise Care: <a href='https://promisecareinc.com/'>https://promisecareinc.com/</a> <br>
Get a hold of Carey at <a href='mailto:carey@3to5club.com'>carey@3to5club.com</a> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/djwrzcpx48evym4s/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_52_-_FINAL8jus1.mp4" length="248643148" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could grow your business without “selling” at all? In this episode, Chuck sits down with Carey Lindeman to unpack the radical (and freeing) idea of Serve, Don’t Sell.
Carey shares how shifting from transactional sales to relational service has transformed her business and how principles like finding “lumberjacks,” hosting catalyst events, and asking the right questions can help you build trust, attract clients, and enjoy the process instead of dreading it.
Together, they explore practical strategies from the FasTrak framework that show why focusing on relationships, not transactions, is the path to sustainable growth.
If you’ve ever hated the idea of selling, this conversation will give you a fresh mindset and real-world steps to build your business in a way that feels natural, fulfilling, and effective.
🔗 Carey also joined Chuck earlier in Episode 28 – The Power of Moving From Rugged Individualism to Living in Business Community. Don’t miss that one for even more insights into building community in business!
----more----
Learn more about Promise Care: https://promisecareinc.com/ Get a hold of Carey at carey@3to5club.com ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>866</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_52_-_Cover_Image8r88b.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #53: Drip Systems</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #53: Drip Systems</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-53-drip-systems/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-53-drip-systems/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 19:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/2b19e716-a58d-3830-976b-7032450b36b5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>How do you stay top-of-mind with the people who matter most to your business without feeling like you’re “selling” to them?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into the power of a Drip System, a relationship-driven approach to marketing that keeps you consistently connected with potential clients and your key referral partners (what Chuck calls “Lumberjacks”).</p>
<p>Chuck lays out practical principles for creating a drip system you’ll actually enjoy doing for years, focusing on serving, not selling, while building the trust that fuels long-term success.</p>
<p>Whether you’re a solo entrepreneur or running a team, this episode will help you:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Design consistent, energizing touchpoints with your audience</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Use recency and frequency the right way, without being pushy</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Pace yourself for long-term success instead of short-term sprints</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Build relationships that naturally turn into clients and referrals

</li>
</ul>
<p>🔗 New to the term “Lumberjacks”? Go back to Episode 27: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-2w9hh-181fcbb'>Stop Networking – And Start Building a Network Instead!</a> for the full backstory.</p>
<p>This is the roadmap to growing your business through authentic, relationship-based marketing, one steady drip at a time.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How do you stay top-of-mind with the people who matter most to your business without feeling like you’re “<em>selling</em>” to them?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into the power of a Drip System, a relationship-driven approach to marketing that keeps you consistently connected with potential clients <em>and</em> your key referral partners (what Chuck calls “<em>Lumberjacks</em>”).</p>
<p>Chuck lays out practical principles for creating a drip system you’ll actually enjoy doing for years, focusing on serving, not selling, while building the trust that fuels long-term success.</p>
<p>Whether you’re a solo entrepreneur or running a team, this episode will help you:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Design consistent, energizing touchpoints with your audience</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Use recency and frequency the right way, without being pushy</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Pace yourself for long-term success instead of short-term sprints</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Build relationships that naturally turn into clients and referrals<br>
<br>
</li>
</ul>
<p>🔗 New to the term<em> “Lumberjacks”?</em> Go back to Episode 27: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-2w9hh-181fcbb'>Stop Networking – And Start Building a Network Instead!</a> for the full backstory.</p>
<p>This is the roadmap to growing your business through authentic, relationship-based marketing, one steady drip at a time.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7jcvwfsnc26nsktv/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_53_FINALa68u9.mp4" length="446119145" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[How do you stay top-of-mind with the people who matter most to your business without feeling like you’re “selling” to them?
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman dives into the power of a Drip System, a relationship-driven approach to marketing that keeps you consistently connected with potential clients and your key referral partners (what Chuck calls “Lumberjacks”).
Chuck lays out practical principles for creating a drip system you’ll actually enjoy doing for years, focusing on serving, not selling, while building the trust that fuels long-term success.
Whether you’re a solo entrepreneur or running a team, this episode will help you:

Design consistent, energizing touchpoints with your audience
Use recency and frequency the right way, without being pushy
Pace yourself for long-term success instead of short-term sprints
Build relationships that naturally turn into clients and referrals

🔗 New to the term “Lumberjacks”? Go back to Episode 27: Stop Networking – And Start Building a Network Instead! for the full backstory.
This is the roadmap to growing your business through authentic, relationship-based marketing, one steady drip at a time.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1174</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_53_-_Cover_Image7svf7.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #54: How We Can Stop Hunting Trees by Finding Lumberjacks with Valerie Reid</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #54: How We Can Stop Hunting Trees by Finding Lumberjacks with Valerie Reid</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-54-how-we-can-stop-hunting-trees-by-finding-lumberjacks-with-valerie-reid/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-54-how-we-can-stop-hunting-trees-by-finding-lumberjacks-with-valerie-reid/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 19:30:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/7f87eaf7-00ec-3a6a-af89-81f08215e558</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>How can small business owners grow faster without chasing one client at a time? In this inspiring conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Valerie Reid to unpack a powerful mindset shift — stop hunting trees, and start finding lumberjacks.</p>
<p>Valerie shares how the concept of “lumberjacks”; strategic partners who already have trusted relationships with your ideal clients, has transformed her approach to marketing, partnerships, and growth. Together, they explore what happens when you stop competing and start collaborating, and how to build win-win relationships that multiply opportunity for everyone involved.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:
 ✅ The difference between “hunting trees” and “finding lumberjacks”
 ✅ Why trust, not money, is your greatest business asset
 ✅ How collaboration with competitors can actually scale your business
 ✅ Practical ways to identify and nurture your own network of lumberjacks</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt exhausted by chasing leads, this episode offers a smarter, more sustainable way to build your business through authentic relationships and mutual growth.</p>
<p>🔗 Want to go deeper into the concept of Lumberjacks?
 Check out Episode 27 – <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-2w9hh-181fcbb'>Stop Networking and Start Building a Network Instead!</a></p>
----more----
About Valerie Reid
<p>Valerie Reid is the CEO and Founder of Simple Cremation USA, a national online platform connecting families with funeral homes. A strategic and results-oriented leader, Valerie brings over a decade of experience advising Fortune 100 and 500 companies during her time at Deloitte. She’s passionate about innovation, collaboration, and helping others build scalable businesses rooted in trust and purpose.</p>
<p>🌐 Website: <a href='https://www.simplecremationusa.com'>simplecremationusa.com
</a> 📞 Phone: 1-866-333-5130</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How can small business owners grow faster without chasing one client at a time? In this inspiring conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Valerie Reid to unpack a powerful mindset shift — <em>stop hunting trees, and start finding lumberjacks.</em></p>
<p>Valerie shares how the concept of “lumberjacks”; strategic partners who already have trusted relationships with your ideal clients, has transformed her approach to marketing, partnerships, and growth. Together, they explore what happens when you stop competing and start collaborating, and how to build win-win relationships that multiply opportunity for everyone involved.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:<br>
 ✅ The difference between “hunting trees” and “finding lumberjacks”<br>
 ✅ Why trust, <em>not money, </em>is your greatest business asset<br>
 ✅ How collaboration with competitors can actually scale your business<br>
 ✅ Practical ways to identify and nurture your own network of lumberjacks</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt exhausted by chasing leads, this episode offers a smarter, more sustainable way to build your business through authentic relationships and mutual growth.</p>
<p>🔗 <em>Want to go deeper into the concept of Lumberjacks?</em><em><br>
</em> Check out Episode 27 – <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-2w9hh-181fcbb'>Stop Networking and Start Building a Network Instead!</a></p>
----more----
About Valerie Reid
<p>Valerie Reid is the CEO and Founder of Simple Cremation USA, a national online platform connecting families with funeral homes. A strategic and results-oriented leader, Valerie brings over a decade of experience advising Fortune 100 and 500 companies during her time at Deloitte. She’s passionate about innovation, collaboration, and helping others build scalable businesses rooted in trust and purpose.</p>
<p>🌐 Website: <a href='https://www.simplecremationusa.com'>simplecremationusa.com<br>
</a> 📞 Phone: 1-866-333-5130</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3ka2dpu5xvz8nigb/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_54_FINALa19xk.mp4" length="301382232" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[How can small business owners grow faster without chasing one client at a time? In this inspiring conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Valerie Reid to unpack a powerful mindset shift — stop hunting trees, and start finding lumberjacks.
Valerie shares how the concept of “lumberjacks”; strategic partners who already have trusted relationships with your ideal clients, has transformed her approach to marketing, partnerships, and growth. Together, they explore what happens when you stop competing and start collaborating, and how to build win-win relationships that multiply opportunity for everyone involved.
You’ll learn: ✅ The difference between “hunting trees” and “finding lumberjacks” ✅ Why trust, not money, is your greatest business asset ✅ How collaboration with competitors can actually scale your business ✅ Practical ways to identify and nurture your own network of lumberjacks
If you’ve ever felt exhausted by chasing leads, this episode offers a smarter, more sustainable way to build your business through authentic relationships and mutual growth.
🔗 Want to go deeper into the concept of Lumberjacks? Check out Episode 27 – Stop Networking and Start Building a Network Instead!
----more----
About Valerie Reid
Valerie Reid is the CEO and Founder of Simple Cremation USA, a national online platform connecting families with funeral homes. A strategic and results-oriented leader, Valerie brings over a decade of experience advising Fortune 100 and 500 companies during her time at Deloitte. She’s passionate about innovation, collaboration, and helping others build scalable businesses rooted in trust and purpose.
🌐 Website: simplecremationusa.com 📞 Phone: 1-866-333-5130]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1049</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_54_-_Cover_Imagebuwsr.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #55: Nobody Wants to Be Sold Everybody Wants to Buy</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #55: Nobody Wants to Be Sold Everybody Wants to Buy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-55-nobody-wants-to-be-sold-everybody-wants-to-buy/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-55-nobody-wants-to-be-sold-everybody-wants-to-buy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 19:30:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/4768b889-5479-36a9-961c-57cfba046c5c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Why does selling feel so uncomfortable—for both sides?</p>
<p>
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman flips the script on traditional sales thinking and reveals why nobody wants to be sold, but everybody wants to buy.</p>
<p>
Chuck unpacks four timeless principles that help you stop pushing products and start building relationships that naturally lead to business. You’ll learn how to move from transactional to relational selling and create conversations that make people say, “Oh, you get me.”</p>
<p>
Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:</p>
<p>✅ The four core principles that transform selling into serving</p>
<p>✅ Why consistency builds trust—and how to make it practical</p>
<p>✅ How to “meet people where they are,” not where you wish they were</p>
<p>✅ Why listening (not pitching) is your greatest business development tool</p>
<p>✅ How to create real connections that make people want to buy</p>
<p>
If you’ve ever dreaded “selling,” this episode will help you rethink everything you know about business development—so you can stop selling and start serving.</p>
<p>
💡 Listen now and learn how to flip the script for good.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Why does selling feel so uncomfortable—for both sides?</em></p>
<p><br>
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman flips the script on traditional sales thinking and reveals why nobody wants to be sold, but everybody wants to buy.</p>
<p><br>
Chuck unpacks four timeless principles that help you stop pushing products and start building relationships that naturally lead to business. You’ll learn how to move from transactional to relational selling and create conversations that make people say, “Oh, you get me.”</p>
<p><br>
Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:</p>
<p>✅ The four core principles that transform selling into serving</p>
<p>✅ Why consistency builds trust—and how to make it practical</p>
<p>✅ How to “meet people where they are,” not where you wish they were</p>
<p>✅ Why listening (not pitching) is your greatest business development tool</p>
<p>✅ How to create real connections that make people want to buy</p>
<p><br>
If you’ve ever dreaded “selling,” this episode will help you rethink everything you know about business development—so you can stop selling and start serving.</p>
<p><br>
💡<em> Listen now and learn how to flip the script for good.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xug9hwg8auf2zz5t/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_55_-_FINAL833g1.mp4" length="285889333" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Why does selling feel so uncomfortable—for both sides?
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman flips the script on traditional sales thinking and reveals why nobody wants to be sold, but everybody wants to buy.
Chuck unpacks four timeless principles that help you stop pushing products and start building relationships that naturally lead to business. You’ll learn how to move from transactional to relational selling and create conversations that make people say, “Oh, you get me.”
Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:
✅ The four core principles that transform selling into serving
✅ Why consistency builds trust—and how to make it practical
✅ How to “meet people where they are,” not where you wish they were
✅ Why listening (not pitching) is your greatest business development tool
✅ How to create real connections that make people want to buy
If you’ve ever dreaded “selling,” this episode will help you rethink everything you know about business development—so you can stop selling and start serving.
💡 Listen now and learn how to flip the script for good.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>998</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_55_-_Cover_Image6mij0.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #56: How Lifetime Goals Shape Your Business with Cassie Morris</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #56: How Lifetime Goals Shape Your Business with Cassie Morris</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-56-how-lifetime-goals-shape-your-business-with-cassie-morris/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-56-how-lifetime-goals-shape-your-business-with-cassie-morris/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/7e53df4f-e64c-3a5e-bb8e-7d25e106c03e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What really drives you to get out of bed every morning and how does that shape the way you do business?</p>
<p>In this inspiring conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down with entrepreneur Cassie Morris to explore the concept of the Big Why, the lifetime goal you can never check off, but that gives meaning to everything you do.</p>
<p>Cassie shares her journey from a career in sales to launching two businesses, Clover Communications and Strategy and Dilly Dally Donut Bar and how discovering her Big Why transformed not just her work, but her life. Together, she and Chuck unpack what it means to live authentically, how clarity creates power, and why knowing your “why” is more important than any business plan.</p>
<p>You’ll discover:
 ✅ Why a lifetime goal matters more than any short-term milestone
 ✅ How authenticity and freedom can redefine success
 ✅ Why clarity in your “why” makes every decision easier
 ✅ How the 3to5 Club helps entrepreneurs align their life and work</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt stuck chasing the next goal or wondering what your business is really for—this episode will help you find your deeper motivation and build a business that serves your life, not the other way around.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>About Cassie Morris:
 Cassie Morris is an entrepreneur based in Denver, CO, and the founder of Clover Communications and Strategy, a consultancy helping business owners improve operations and streamline processes. She’s also the owner of Dilly Dally Donut Bar in Bozeman, MT, a business built on her passion for authenticity, community, and connection.</p>
<p>Connect with Cassie:
 🌐 <a href='http://clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com'>clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com</a>
 🍩 <a href='http://dillydallydonutbar.com'>dillydallydonutbar.com</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What really drives you to get out of bed every morning and how does that shape the way you do business?</p>
<p>In this inspiring conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down with entrepreneur Cassie Morris to explore the concept of the Big Why, the lifetime goal you can never check off, but that gives meaning to everything you do.</p>
<p>Cassie shares her journey from a career in sales to launching two businesses, Clover Communications and Strategy and Dilly Dally Donut Bar and how discovering her Big Why transformed not just her work, but her life. Together, she and Chuck unpack what it means to live authentically, how clarity creates power, and why knowing your “why” is more important than any business plan.</p>
<p>You’ll discover:<br>
 ✅ Why a lifetime goal matters more than any short-term milestone<br>
 ✅ How authenticity and freedom can redefine success<br>
 ✅ Why clarity in your “why” makes every decision easier<br>
 ✅ How the 3to5 Club helps entrepreneurs align their life and work</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt stuck chasing the next goal or wondering what your business is really for—this episode will help you find your deeper motivation and build a business that serves your life, not the other way around.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>About Cassie Morris:<br>
 Cassie Morris is an entrepreneur based in Denver, CO, and the founder of Clover Communications and Strategy, a consultancy helping business owners improve operations and streamline processes. She’s also the owner of Dilly Dally Donut Bar in Bozeman, MT, a business built on her passion for authenticity, community, and connection.</p>
<p>Connect with Cassie:<br>
 🌐 <a href='http://clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com'>clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com</a><br>
 🍩 <a href='http://dillydallydonutbar.com'>dillydallydonutbar.com</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pa22iyridz8zatu8/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_56_with_Cassie_Morris_-_FINALbn2or.mp4" length="406604357" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What really drives you to get out of bed every morning and how does that shape the way you do business?
In this inspiring conversation, Chuck Blakeman sits down with entrepreneur Cassie Morris to explore the concept of the Big Why, the lifetime goal you can never check off, but that gives meaning to everything you do.
Cassie shares her journey from a career in sales to launching two businesses, Clover Communications and Strategy and Dilly Dally Donut Bar and how discovering her Big Why transformed not just her work, but her life. Together, she and Chuck unpack what it means to live authentically, how clarity creates power, and why knowing your “why” is more important than any business plan.
You’ll discover: ✅ Why a lifetime goal matters more than any short-term milestone ✅ How authenticity and freedom can redefine success ✅ Why clarity in your “why” makes every decision easier ✅ How the 3to5 Club helps entrepreneurs align their life and work
If you’ve ever felt stuck chasing the next goal or wondering what your business is really for—this episode will help you find your deeper motivation and build a business that serves your life, not the other way around.
----more----
About Cassie Morris: Cassie Morris is an entrepreneur based in Denver, CO, and the founder of Clover Communications and Strategy, a consultancy helping business owners improve operations and streamline processes. She’s also the owner of Dilly Dally Donut Bar in Bozeman, MT, a business built on her passion for authenticity, community, and connection.
Connect with Cassie: 🌐 clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com 🍩 dillydallydonutbar.com]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1413</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_56_-_Cover_Image8j6ra.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #57: A Simple Four-Stage Process To Replace Traditional Sales, and Increase Buyer Demand</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #57: A Simple Four-Stage Process To Replace Traditional Sales, and Increase Buyer Demand</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-57-a-simple-four-stage-process-to-replace-traditional-sales-and-increase-buyer-demand/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-57-a-simple-four-stage-process-to-replace-traditional-sales-and-increase-buyer-demand/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/cc2866af-8eca-3e42-b584-db6073627135</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What if you could stop chasing clients and start attracting them instead?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman breaks down The Lumberjack Buying System, a proven four-stage process that replaces traditional selling with relationship building. Used by thousands of business owners worldwide, this system helps you leave behind cold calls, endless networking, and transactional sales for something far more effective: relational business development that actually works.</p>
<p>Chuck explains why the old “sales treadmill” keeps most small business owners stuck and how to build a Steady Stream of Potential Clients by shifting from hunting strangers to collaborating with trusted connections — your “Lumberjacks.”</p>
<p>Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:
 ✅ Why networking is a great way to start—but a terrible place to stay
 ✅ How to season relationships and build trust before asking for business
 ✅ The four key stages of the Lumberjack Buying System
 ✅ How to stop selling one customer at a time and build a system that brings you many
 ✅ Why serving beats selling every single time</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt exhausted by traditional sales tactics, this episode will show you a better way — one built on relationships, generosity, and long-term success.</p>
<p>And if you haven’t yet, go back and listen to Episode 27 – Stop Networking and Start Building a Network Instead! <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-2w9hh-181fcbb'>Listen here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if you could stop chasing clients and start <em>attracting</em> them instead?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman breaks down <em>The Lumberjack Buying System</em>, a proven four-stage process that replaces traditional selling with relationship building. Used by thousands of business owners worldwide, this system helps you leave behind cold calls, endless networking, and transactional sales for something far more effective: relational business development that actually works.</p>
<p>Chuck explains why the old “sales treadmill” keeps most small business owners stuck and how to build a Steady Stream of Potential Clients by shifting from hunting strangers to collaborating with trusted connections — your “Lumberjacks.”</p>
<p>Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:<br>
 ✅ Why networking is a great way to start—but a terrible place to stay<br>
 ✅ How to season relationships and build trust before asking for business<br>
 ✅ The four key stages of the Lumberjack Buying System<br>
 ✅ How to stop selling one customer at a time and build a system that brings you many<br>
 ✅ Why serving beats selling every single time</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt exhausted by traditional sales tactics, this episode will show you a better way — one built on relationships, generosity, and long-term success.</p>
<p>And if you haven’t yet, go back and listen to Episode 27 – Stop Networking and Start Building a Network Instead! <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-2w9hh-181fcbb'>Listen here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yvpbakmk5r3t5i5x/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_57_-_FINAL8zk8x.mp4" length="443627262" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if you could stop chasing clients and start attracting them instead?
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman breaks down The Lumberjack Buying System, a proven four-stage process that replaces traditional selling with relationship building. Used by thousands of business owners worldwide, this system helps you leave behind cold calls, endless networking, and transactional sales for something far more effective: relational business development that actually works.
Chuck explains why the old “sales treadmill” keeps most small business owners stuck and how to build a Steady Stream of Potential Clients by shifting from hunting strangers to collaborating with trusted connections — your “Lumberjacks.”
Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode: ✅ Why networking is a great way to start—but a terrible place to stay ✅ How to season relationships and build trust before asking for business ✅ The four key stages of the Lumberjack Buying System ✅ How to stop selling one customer at a time and build a system that brings you many ✅ Why serving beats selling every single time
If you’ve ever felt exhausted by traditional sales tactics, this episode will show you a better way — one built on relationships, generosity, and long-term success.
And if you haven’t yet, go back and listen to Episode 27 – Stop Networking and Start Building a Network Instead! Listen here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1540</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_57_-_Cover_Imageataep.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #58: How To Do Business Development the Right Way with Andrew Rowland</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #58: How To Do Business Development the Right Way with Andrew Rowland</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-58-how-to-do-business-development-the-right-way-with-andrew-rowland/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-58-how-to-do-business-development-the-right-way-with-andrew-rowland/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/9e9830fe-8ed8-3e7f-ab98-3306107f865d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Why does business development feel so exhausting for so many business owners? Because most of us were taught to do it the wrong way.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Andrew Rowland to unpack what real business development actually looks like and why it has nothing to do with chasing strangers, pitching at networking events, or collecting business cards you’ll never use.</p>
<p>Andrew shares his journey from hustling alone (and burning out) to building a business that grows through relationships, community, and intentional connections. He explains how just a handful of the right people, your “multipliers”, can create more business growth than years of traditional sales tactics.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck and Andrew dive into:
 ✅ Why “stabbing people with business cards” never creates real opportunities
 ✅ The mindset shift from transactions to transformational relationships
 ✅ How three to five genuine connections can become your strongest business pipeline
 ✅ Why you get what you intend and how to set intentions that attract the right clients
 ✅ How 3to5 Club helped Andrew escape isolation and build a business he actually loves
 ✅ Why relational business development works for introverts, extroverts, and everyone in between</p>
<p>If you're tired of random hope marketing and want a business development system based on trust, generosity, and consistency, this episode will show you what’s possible.</p>
<p>💡 Get ready to rethink how you grow your business—one real relationship at a time.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>About Andrew Rowland</p>
<p>Andrew Rowland is a Minnesota-based entrepreneur and founder in the home care industry. After building a strong career in operations management, he launched his own company in 2018 to make a meaningful impact in his community. Through strategic partnerships and a successful merger, he’s grown his business by focusing on relationships over transactions.</p>
<p>A husband, father of four, and community-minded leader, Andrew is passionate about creating growth—for his business, his clients, and the people around him.</p>
<p>Contact Andrew:
 🌐 <a href='http://promisecareinc.com'>promisecareinc.com</a> 
 📧 <a href='mailto:andrew@promisecareinc.com'>andrew@promisecareinc.com</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Why does business development feel so exhausting for so many business owners? Because most of us were taught to do it the wrong way.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Andrew Rowland to unpack what <em>real</em> business development actually looks like and why it has nothing to do with chasing strangers, pitching at networking events, or collecting business cards you’ll never use.</p>
<p>Andrew shares his journey from hustling alone (and burning out) to building a business that grows through relationships, community, and intentional connections. He explains how just a handful of the right people, your “multipliers”, can create more business growth than years of traditional sales tactics.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck and Andrew dive into:<br>
 ✅ Why “stabbing people with business cards” never creates real opportunities<br>
 ✅ The mindset shift from <em>transactions</em> to <em>transformational relationships</em><em><br>
</em> ✅ How three to five genuine connections can become your strongest business pipeline<br>
 ✅ Why you get what you intend and how to set intentions that attract the right clients<br>
 ✅ How 3to5 Club helped Andrew escape isolation and build a business he actually loves<br>
 ✅ Why relational business development works for introverts, extroverts, and everyone in between</p>
<p>If you're tired of random hope marketing and want a business development system based on trust, generosity, and consistency, this episode will show you what’s possible.</p>
<p>💡 <em>Get ready to rethink how you grow your business—one real relationship at a time.</em></p>
<p><em>----more----</em></p>
<p>About Andrew Rowland</p>
<p>Andrew Rowland is a Minnesota-based entrepreneur and founder in the home care industry. After building a strong career in operations management, he launched his own company in 2018 to make a meaningful impact in his community. Through strategic partnerships and a successful merger, he’s grown his business by focusing on relationships over transactions.</p>
<p>A husband, father of four, and community-minded leader, Andrew is passionate about creating growth—for his business, his clients, and the people around him.</p>
<p>Contact Andrew:<br>
 🌐 <a href='http://promisecareinc.com'>promisecareinc.com</a> <br>
 📧 <a href='mailto:andrew@promisecareinc.com'>andrew@promisecareinc.com</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zumxjjgqbfytbppi/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_58a6loe.mp4" length="389120048" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Why does business development feel so exhausting for so many business owners? Because most of us were taught to do it the wrong way.
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Andrew Rowland to unpack what real business development actually looks like and why it has nothing to do with chasing strangers, pitching at networking events, or collecting business cards you’ll never use.
Andrew shares his journey from hustling alone (and burning out) to building a business that grows through relationships, community, and intentional connections. He explains how just a handful of the right people, your “multipliers”, can create more business growth than years of traditional sales tactics.
Together, Chuck and Andrew dive into: ✅ Why “stabbing people with business cards” never creates real opportunities ✅ The mindset shift from transactions to transformational relationships ✅ How three to five genuine connections can become your strongest business pipeline ✅ Why you get what you intend and how to set intentions that attract the right clients ✅ How 3to5 Club helped Andrew escape isolation and build a business he actually loves ✅ Why relational business development works for introverts, extroverts, and everyone in between
If you're tired of random hope marketing and want a business development system based on trust, generosity, and consistency, this episode will show you what’s possible.
💡 Get ready to rethink how you grow your business—one real relationship at a time.
----more----
About Andrew Rowland
Andrew Rowland is a Minnesota-based entrepreneur and founder in the home care industry. After building a strong career in operations management, he launched his own company in 2018 to make a meaningful impact in his community. Through strategic partnerships and a successful merger, he’s grown his business by focusing on relationships over transactions.
A husband, father of four, and community-minded leader, Andrew is passionate about creating growth—for his business, his clients, and the people around him.
Contact Andrew: 🌐 promisecareinc.com  📧 andrew@promisecareinc.com]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1347</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_58_-_Cover_Image72d0f.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #59: Make More Money In Less Time</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #59: Make More Money In Less Time</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-59-make-more-money-in-less-time/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-59-make-more-money-in-less-time/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 09 Dec 2025 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/56441756-3847-3868-a8bf-57d6cffcbdbc</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Why do so many business owners work harder and harder… yet never seem to get ahead?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck breaks down one of the most powerful mindset shifts in entrepreneurship: intending to make more money in less time.</p>
<p>Drawing from decades of experience building 13 businesses on four continents, Chuck explains why most owners stay trapped on the treadmill and how a single shift in intention can change everything. This is not theory. It’s a simple, actionable framework you can apply today.</p>
<p>Inside this episode, you’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why you get what you intend—not what you hope for
✅ The three essential resources every entrepreneur must manage: time, money, and energy
✅ Why “making money” is not a goal (and what to focus on instead)
✅ How to design a business that produces both income and freedom
✅ The mindset shift Chuck used to reclaim two days a week, a week each month, and a month each year
✅ How clarity, intentionality, and a future-focused plan help you finally “get a life” through your business</p>
<p>Chuck also shares the key question every entrepreneur must ask:</p>

<p>“What do I actually want from my business?”</p>

<p>And he walks you step by step through defining your ideal lifestyle, reversing it into a practical plan, and taking the next one simple action to get there.</p>
<p>If you're tired of running faster just to stay in place, this episode will give you the clarity and the permission you need to build a business that works for you, not the other way around.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Why do so many business owners work harder and harder… yet never seem to get ahead?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck breaks down one of the most powerful mindset shifts in entrepreneurship: intending to make more money in less time.</p>
<p>Drawing from decades of experience building 13 businesses on four continents, Chuck explains why most owners stay trapped on the treadmill and how a single shift in intention can change everything. <em>This is not theory</em>. It’s a simple, actionable framework you can apply today.</p>
<p>Inside this episode, you’ll discover:</p>
<p>✅ Why you get what you intend—not what you hope for<br>
✅ The three essential resources every entrepreneur must manage: <em>time, money, and energy</em><em><br>
</em>✅ Why “making money” is not a goal (and what to focus on instead)<br>
✅ How to design a business that produces <em>both</em> income and freedom<br>
✅ The mindset shift Chuck used to reclaim two days a week, a week each month, and a month each year<br>
✅ How clarity, intentionality, and a future-focused plan help you finally “get a life” through your business</p>
<p>Chuck also shares the key question every entrepreneur must ask:</p>

<p>“What do I actually want from my business?”</p>

<p>And he walks you step by step through defining your ideal lifestyle, reversing it into a practical plan, and taking the next one simple action to get there.</p>
<p>If you're tired of running faster just to stay in place, this episode will give you the clarity <em>and the permission </em>you need to build a business that works <em>for you</em>, not the other way around.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u28ntrjxffmggq8t/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_59_FINALalo4k.mp4" length="378630678" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Why do so many business owners work harder and harder… yet never seem to get ahead?
In this solo episode, Chuck breaks down one of the most powerful mindset shifts in entrepreneurship: intending to make more money in less time.
Drawing from decades of experience building 13 businesses on four continents, Chuck explains why most owners stay trapped on the treadmill and how a single shift in intention can change everything. This is not theory. It’s a simple, actionable framework you can apply today.
Inside this episode, you’ll discover:
✅ Why you get what you intend—not what you hope for✅ The three essential resources every entrepreneur must manage: time, money, and energy✅ Why “making money” is not a goal (and what to focus on instead)✅ How to design a business that produces both income and freedom✅ The mindset shift Chuck used to reclaim two days a week, a week each month, and a month each year✅ How clarity, intentionality, and a future-focused plan help you finally “get a life” through your business
Chuck also shares the key question every entrepreneur must ask:

“What do I actually want from my business?”

And he walks you step by step through defining your ideal lifestyle, reversing it into a practical plan, and taking the next one simple action to get there.
If you're tired of running faster just to stay in place, this episode will give you the clarity and the permission you need to build a business that works for you, not the other way around.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1305</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_59_-_Cover_Image762dk.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #60: The Follow-Up Advantage: Why Most People Lose Sales and How to Win Them with Lynn Whitbeck</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #60: The Follow-Up Advantage: Why Most People Lose Sales and How to Win Them with Lynn Whitbeck</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-60-the-follow-up-advantage-why-most-people-lose-sales-and-how-to-win-them-with-lynn-whitbeck/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-60-the-follow-up-advantage-why-most-people-lose-sales-and-how-to-win-them-with-lynn-whitbeck/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/1cb2f757-7682-341e-a8d5-6657298dad5a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners don’t lose sales because of pricing, competition, or skill, they lose them because they don’t follow up.</p>
<p>In this powerful and energizing episode, Chuck reconnects with Lynn Whitbeck, CEO of Petite2Queen, host of Claim Your Career Crown, and widely known as the Queen of Joyful Sales, to unpack the real reason follow-up fails and how you can fix it starting today.</p>
<p>Lynn shares the staggering truth:</p>

<p>80% of all sales are made by the 20% of people who follow up.
If you’re not in that 20%, you’re giving business to someone else.</p>

<p>Together, Chuck and Lynn dive into:</p>
<ul>
<li>How follow-up builds real relationships (not pressure)</li>
<li>The mindset traps that stop people from reaching out</li>
<li>What to do when you think “it’s been too long”</li>
<li>How to deliver value so you never sound pushy</li>
<li>Lynn’s simple, proven follow-up system that actually gets responses</li>
<li>Creative follow-up touches that make you stand out (yes… even fax!)</li>
<li>Why “no” usually means “not right now” — and how to stay top of mind</li>
</ul>
<p>Chuck and Lynn also share real-life stories of long-term follow-up that turned into major opportunities, reminding us why consistency, recency, and frequency win in sales every time.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt awkward, inconsistent, or unsure about following up, this episode gives you a practical, joyful roadmap to do it well and close more clients by genuinely serving them.</p>
<p>Listen now and become part of the 20% who actually win the business.</p>
<p>Get Lynn’s Free Resource: Download her Get More Clients Checklist at <a href='http://petite2queen.com/checklist'>petite2queen.com/checklist</a> </p>
<p>New here? Catch Lynn’s first appearance on the podcast: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-zfh9k-18bc902'>Making Sales Joyful</a> — scroll back and listen!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners don’t lose sales because of pricing, competition, or skill, they lose them because they <em>don’t follow up.</em></p>
<p>In this powerful and energizing episode, Chuck reconnects with Lynn Whitbeck, CEO of Petite2Queen, host of Claim Your Career Crown, and widely known as the <em>Queen of Joyful Sales</em>, to unpack the real reason follow-up fails and how you can fix it starting today.</p>
<p>Lynn shares the staggering truth:</p>

<p>80% of all sales are made by the 20% of people who follow up.<br>
If you’re not in that 20%, you’re giving business to someone else.</p>

<p>Together, Chuck and Lynn dive into:</p>
<ul>
<li>How follow-up builds real relationships (not pressure)</li>
<li>The mindset traps that stop people from reaching out</li>
<li>What to do when you think “it’s been too long”</li>
<li>How to deliver value so you never sound pushy</li>
<li>Lynn’s simple, proven follow-up system that actually gets responses</li>
<li>Creative follow-up touches that make you stand out (yes… even fax!)</li>
<li>Why “no” usually means “not right now” — and how to stay top of mind</li>
</ul>
<p>Chuck and Lynn also share real-life stories of long-term follow-up that turned into major opportunities, reminding us why consistency, recency, and frequency win in sales every time.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt awkward, inconsistent, or unsure about following up, this episode gives you a practical, joyful roadmap to do it well and close more clients by genuinely serving them.</p>
<p>Listen now and become part of the 20% who actually win the business.</p>
<p>Get Lynn’s Free Resource: Download her <em>Get More Clients Checklist</em> at <a href='http://petite2queen.com/checklist'>petite2queen.com/checklist</a> </p>
<p>New here? Catch Lynn’s first appearance on the podcast: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-zfh9k-18bc902'><em>Making Sales Joyful</em></a> — scroll back and listen!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/39y289iyrwzab4tp/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_60_FINALbnl3e.mp4" length="416199236" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most business owners don’t lose sales because of pricing, competition, or skill, they lose them because they don’t follow up.
In this powerful and energizing episode, Chuck reconnects with Lynn Whitbeck, CEO of Petite2Queen, host of Claim Your Career Crown, and widely known as the Queen of Joyful Sales, to unpack the real reason follow-up fails and how you can fix it starting today.
Lynn shares the staggering truth:

80% of all sales are made by the 20% of people who follow up.If you’re not in that 20%, you’re giving business to someone else.

Together, Chuck and Lynn dive into:

How follow-up builds real relationships (not pressure)
The mindset traps that stop people from reaching out
What to do when you think “it’s been too long”
How to deliver value so you never sound pushy
Lynn’s simple, proven follow-up system that actually gets responses
Creative follow-up touches that make you stand out (yes… even fax!)
Why “no” usually means “not right now” — and how to stay top of mind

Chuck and Lynn also share real-life stories of long-term follow-up that turned into major opportunities, reminding us why consistency, recency, and frequency win in sales every time.
If you’ve ever felt awkward, inconsistent, or unsure about following up, this episode gives you a practical, joyful roadmap to do it well and close more clients by genuinely serving them.
Listen now and become part of the 20% who actually win the business.
Get Lynn’s Free Resource: Download her Get More Clients Checklist at petite2queen.com/checklist 
New here? Catch Lynn’s first appearance on the podcast: Making Sales Joyful — scroll back and listen!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1452</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_60_-_Cover_Image6f8k7.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #61: Life Changing Benefits of Gratitude in Business</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #61: Life Changing Benefits of Gratitude in Business</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-61-life-changing-benefits-of-gratitude-in-business/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-61-life-changing-benefits-of-gratitude-in-business/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/d0da3ee0-114b-38e7-b853-d81d4cb86886</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Gratitude may not sound like a business strategy, but science says otherwise.</p>
<p>In this thought-provoking solo episode, Chuck Blakeman takes a purposeful left turn to explore how gratitude directly impacts business performance, leadership effectiveness, and long-term success. Backed by neuroscience and real-world data, Chuck breaks down why emotional intelligence (EQ), not IQ or technical skill, is the true predictor of business success, and how gratitude is one of the fastest ways to grow it.</p>
<p>You’ll learn why:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">90% of top performers have high EQ—not high IQ</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">EQ drives over half of job performance and long-term success</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Gratitude practices measurably improve health, resilience, joy, and income</li>
</ul>
<p>But here’s the twist:</p>

<p>Chuck explains why traditional gratitude lists don’t actually make us more grateful—and what does work instead.</p>

<p>This episode introduces a powerful, neuroscience-backed gratitude practice focused on receiving gratitude, not just expressing it. Chuck walks you through a simple, repeatable method that can be done in just a few minutes a week and can literally reduce stress, inflammation, threat detection, and burnout while increasing clarity, meaning, and joy.</p>
<p>🎧 Tune in and discover why gratitude isn’t “soft” it’s a serious competitive advantage.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gratitude may not sound like a business strategy, but science says otherwise.</p>
<p>In this thought-provoking solo episode, Chuck Blakeman takes a purposeful left turn to explore how gratitude directly impacts business performance, leadership effectiveness, and long-term success. Backed by neuroscience and real-world data, Chuck breaks down why emotional intelligence (EQ), <em>not IQ or technical skill</em>, is the true predictor of business success, and how gratitude is one of the fastest ways to grow it.</p>
<p>You’ll learn why:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">90% of top performers have high EQ—not high IQ</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">EQ drives over half of job performance and long-term success</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Gratitude practices measurably improve health, resilience, joy, and income</li>
</ul>
<p>But here’s the twist:</p>

<p>Chuck explains why traditional gratitude lists don’t actually make us more grateful—and what <em>does</em> work instead.</p>

<p>This episode introduces a powerful, neuroscience-backed gratitude practice focused on receiving gratitude, not just expressing it. Chuck walks you through a simple, repeatable method that can be done in just a few minutes a week and can literally reduce stress, inflammation, threat detection, and burnout while increasing clarity, meaning, and joy.</p>
<p>🎧 Tune in and discover why gratitude isn’t “<em>soft</em>” it’s a serious competitive advantage.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/h2eg2929k3fceytw/Get_Off_The_Treadmill_Podcast_Episode_61_FINALbfju7.mp4" length="334619820" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Gratitude may not sound like a business strategy, but science says otherwise.
In this thought-provoking solo episode, Chuck Blakeman takes a purposeful left turn to explore how gratitude directly impacts business performance, leadership effectiveness, and long-term success. Backed by neuroscience and real-world data, Chuck breaks down why emotional intelligence (EQ), not IQ or technical skill, is the true predictor of business success, and how gratitude is one of the fastest ways to grow it.
You’ll learn why:

90% of top performers have high EQ—not high IQ
EQ drives over half of job performance and long-term success
Gratitude practices measurably improve health, resilience, joy, and income

But here’s the twist:

Chuck explains why traditional gratitude lists don’t actually make us more grateful—and what does work instead.

This episode introduces a powerful, neuroscience-backed gratitude practice focused on receiving gratitude, not just expressing it. Chuck walks you through a simple, repeatable method that can be done in just a few minutes a week and can literally reduce stress, inflammation, threat detection, and burnout while increasing clarity, meaning, and joy.
🎧 Tune in and discover why gratitude isn’t “soft” it’s a serious competitive advantage.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1166</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_61_-_Cover_Imagea39o3.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #62: Build First, Figure It Out Later with Jessica Agopian</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #62: Build First, Figure It Out Later with Jessica Agopian</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-62-build-first-figure-it-out-later-with-jessica-agopian/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-62-build-first-figure-it-out-later-with-jessica-agopian/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/08cc6086-0c80-3446-9aee-8bcbe28331fb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What does it really take to start and grow a business when you don’t have all the answers?</p>
<p>In this energizing conversation, Chuck sits down with Jessica Agopian, founder of 33 Services &amp; Consulting and multi-center Sylvan Learning franchise owner, along with 3to5 Club facilitator Mark Bellestri, to unpack what it means to lead with action instead of anxiety.</p>
<p>Jessica shares how she went from employee to owner, opened her first Sylvan center, expanded to a second location, and continues to scale, all without waiting for perfect conditions. The discussion dives into why momentum matters more than mastery, how systems beat hustle, and why most of business success has far less to do with industry expertise than people think.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck, Jessica, and Mark explore the mindset shift that separates stalled business owners from builders who keep moving forward, especially when things feel uncertain, messy, or unfinished.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt stuck waiting to be “ready,” this episode will challenge that thinking and remind you why movement creates clarity, confidence, and growth.</p>
In this episode, you’ll hear:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why you don’t need everything figured out before you start</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between being a craftsperson and being a business owner</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How systems, culture, and leadership drive scalable growth</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why execution beats perfection every time</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How confidence is built after action—not before</li>
</ul>
<p>----more----</p>
About Jessica Agopian
<p>Jessica Agopian is the founder of 33 Services &amp; Consulting and a multi-center Sylvan Learning franchise owner. Known for culture-driven growth, community engagement, and connection-based sales, she helps teams thrive while building businesses that scale through systems, not hustle. Jessica is passionate about intentional leadership, strong processes, and creating organizations that change lives.</p>
<p>Connect with Jessica: <a href='mailto:jessica@sylvaneducation.com'>jessica@sylvaneducation.com</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What does it really take to start and grow a business when you <em>don’t</em> have all the answers?</p>
<p>In this energizing conversation, Chuck sits down with Jessica Agopian, founder of 33 Services &amp; Consulting and multi-center Sylvan Learning franchise owner, along with 3to5 Club facilitator Mark Bellestri, to unpack what it means to lead with action instead of anxiety.</p>
<p>Jessica shares how she went from employee to owner, opened her first Sylvan center, expanded to a second location, and continues to scale, all without waiting for perfect conditions. The discussion dives into why momentum matters more than mastery, how systems beat hustle, and why most of business success has far less to do with industry expertise than people think.</p>
<p>Together, Chuck, Jessica, and Mark explore the mindset shift that separates stalled business owners from builders who keep moving forward, especially when things feel uncertain, messy, or unfinished.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt stuck waiting to be “ready,” this episode will challenge that thinking and remind you why movement creates clarity, confidence, and growth.</p>
In this episode, you’ll hear:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why you don’t need everything figured out before you start</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between being a craftsperson and being a business owner</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How systems, culture, and leadership drive scalable growth</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why execution beats perfection every time</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How confidence is built <em>after</em> action—not before</li>
</ul>
<p>----more----</p>
About Jessica Agopian
<p>Jessica Agopian is the founder of 33 Services &amp; Consulting and a multi-center Sylvan Learning franchise owner. Known for culture-driven growth, community engagement, and connection-based sales, she helps teams thrive while building businesses that scale through systems, not hustle. Jessica is passionate about intentional leadership, strong processes, and creating organizations that change lives.</p>
<p>Connect with Jessica: <a href='mailto:jessica@sylvaneducation.com'>jessica@sylvaneducation.com</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3wc36ij4sb6zk633/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_62_FINAL866hb.mp4" length="453161627" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What does it really take to start and grow a business when you don’t have all the answers?
In this energizing conversation, Chuck sits down with Jessica Agopian, founder of 33 Services &amp; Consulting and multi-center Sylvan Learning franchise owner, along with 3to5 Club facilitator Mark Bellestri, to unpack what it means to lead with action instead of anxiety.
Jessica shares how she went from employee to owner, opened her first Sylvan center, expanded to a second location, and continues to scale, all without waiting for perfect conditions. The discussion dives into why momentum matters more than mastery, how systems beat hustle, and why most of business success has far less to do with industry expertise than people think.
Together, Chuck, Jessica, and Mark explore the mindset shift that separates stalled business owners from builders who keep moving forward, especially when things feel uncertain, messy, or unfinished.
If you’ve ever felt stuck waiting to be “ready,” this episode will challenge that thinking and remind you why movement creates clarity, confidence, and growth.
In this episode, you’ll hear:

Why you don’t need everything figured out before you start
The difference between being a craftsperson and being a business owner
How systems, culture, and leadership drive scalable growth
Why execution beats perfection every time
How confidence is built after action—not before

----more----
About Jessica Agopian
Jessica Agopian is the founder of 33 Services &amp; Consulting and a multi-center Sylvan Learning franchise owner. Known for culture-driven growth, community engagement, and connection-based sales, she helps teams thrive while building businesses that scale through systems, not hustle. Jessica is passionate about intentional leadership, strong processes, and creating organizations that change lives.
Connect with Jessica: jessica@sylvaneducation.com]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1571</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_62_-_Cover_Imageap5q5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #63: Give People Their Time Back</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #63: Give People Their Time Back</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-63-give-people-their-time-back/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-63-give-people-their-time-back/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/e17235c4-1e0a-3da4-8def-c6f61b750768</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What if the fastest way to improve productivity, profit, and retention wasn’t tighter control—but giving people their time back?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges the outdated belief that managing time equals managing performance. Drawing from real-world business examples and decades of leadership experience, Chuck explains why autonomy, trust, and outcome-based leadership consistently outperform micromanagement and rigid schedules.</p>
<p>This episode reframes time as one of the most powerful (and misunderstood) leadership tools—and shows how freeing people from unnecessary control unlocks better results for everyone.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck explores:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why managing time is a losing strategy for modern businesses</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How focusing on outcomes—not hours—drives higher performance</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The hidden cost of supervision, micromanagement, and “seat time”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why trust is a measurable business advantage, not a soft skill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How giving people autonomy increases engagement, retention, and ownership</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What leaders must let go of to build a truly scalable business</li>
</ul>
<p>If you want people who act like owners instead of employees and a business that grows without burning everyone out this episode will challenge how you think about time, leadership, and results.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover why giving people their time back may be the smartest business decision you make.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if the fastest way to improve productivity, profit, and retention wasn’t tighter control—but giving people their time back?</p>
<p>In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges the outdated belief that managing time equals managing performance. Drawing from real-world business examples and decades of leadership experience, Chuck explains why autonomy, trust, and outcome-based leadership consistently outperform micromanagement and rigid schedules.</p>
<p>This episode reframes time as one of the most powerful (and misunderstood) leadership tools—and shows how freeing people from unnecessary control unlocks better results for everyone.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck explores:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why managing time is a losing strategy for modern businesses</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How focusing on outcomes—not hours—drives higher performance</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The hidden cost of supervision, micromanagement, and “seat time”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why trust is a measurable business advantage, not a soft skill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How giving people autonomy increases engagement, retention, and ownership</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What leaders must let go of to build a truly scalable business</li>
</ul>
<p>If you want people who act like owners instead of employees <em>and a business that grows without burning everyone out</em> this episode will challenge how you think about time, leadership, and results.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover why giving people their time back may be the smartest business decision you make.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vgk4avx3hrpc4xk3/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_63_FINAL7ouuo.mp4" length="427594510" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What if the fastest way to improve productivity, profit, and retention wasn’t tighter control—but giving people their time back?
In this solo episode, Chuck Blakeman challenges the outdated belief that managing time equals managing performance. Drawing from real-world business examples and decades of leadership experience, Chuck explains why autonomy, trust, and outcome-based leadership consistently outperform micromanagement and rigid schedules.
This episode reframes time as one of the most powerful (and misunderstood) leadership tools—and shows how freeing people from unnecessary control unlocks better results for everyone.
In this episode, Chuck explores:

Why managing time is a losing strategy for modern businesses
How focusing on outcomes—not hours—drives higher performance
The hidden cost of supervision, micromanagement, and “seat time”
Why trust is a measurable business advantage, not a soft skill
How giving people autonomy increases engagement, retention, and ownership
What leaders must let go of to build a truly scalable business

If you want people who act like owners instead of employees and a business that grows without burning everyone out this episode will challenge how you think about time, leadership, and results.
🎧 Listen now and discover why giving people their time back may be the smartest business decision you make.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1483</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_63_-_Cover_Imagea15j3.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #64: How to Hire People You’ll Never Have to Manage with Brandon Rains</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #64: How to Hire People You’ll Never Have to Manage with Brandon Rains</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-64-how-to-hire-people-you-ll-never-have-to-manage-with-brandon-rains/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-64-how-to-hire-people-you-ll-never-have-to-manage-with-brandon-rains/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/7cd1b77b-b5df-3b96-9aae-984bf4cde008</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners avoid hiring for one simple reason: They don’t want to manage people.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck sits down with Brandon Rains to challenge that assumption and show why the right hiring process eliminates the need for management altogether.</p>
<p>Brandon shares how he built a thriving estate planning firm with a high-performing team by hiring for culture, beliefs, and talent before skills and experience. Drawing from his years inside the 3to5 Club and real-world hiring success, this conversation reframes hiring as a long-term investment instead of a risky gamble.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why most hiring fails before the first interview even happens</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How hiring for culture first prevents future management headaches</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between people who want a job and people who want meaningful work</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why resumes and experience often hide the most important indicators</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How a multi-step hiring process causes the wrong candidates to self-select out</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why starting with trust, not control, changes everything</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of micromanaging, constantly fixing mistakes, or feeling trapped by your team, this episode will help you rethink hiring from the ground up and build a business that runs on ownership instead of oversight.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
<p>👤 About Brandon Rains</p>
<p>Brandon Rains is an estate planning attorney who founded his firm in 2016 and has grown it to serve hundreds of clients with a team of attorneys and staff. A longtime member of the 3to5 Club, Brandon focuses on helping families pass on not just financial wealth, but also their stories and values, so inheritances become true blessings for future generations.</p>
<p>📧 Email: <a href='mailto:brandon@rains-law.com'>brandon@rains-law.com</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners avoid hiring for one simple reason: They don’t want to manage people.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck sits down with Brandon Rains to challenge that assumption <em>and </em>show why the right hiring process eliminates the need for management altogether.</p>
<p>Brandon shares how he built a thriving estate planning firm with a high-performing team by hiring for culture, beliefs, and talent <em>before</em> skills and experience. Drawing from his years inside the 3to5 Club and real-world hiring success, this conversation reframes hiring as a long-term investment instead of a risky gamble.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why most hiring fails before the first interview even happens</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How hiring for culture first prevents future management headaches</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between people who want a job and people who want meaningful work</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why resumes and experience often hide the most important indicators</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How a multi-step hiring process causes the <em>wrong</em> candidates to self-select out</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why starting with trust, <em>not control</em>, changes everything</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of micromanaging, constantly fixing mistakes, or feeling trapped by your team, this episode will help you rethink hiring from the ground up <em>and build a business that runs on ownership instead of oversight.</em></p>
<p><em>----more----</em></p>
<p>👤 About Brandon Rains</p>
<p>Brandon Rains is an estate planning attorney who founded his firm in 2016 and has grown it to serve hundreds of clients with a team of attorneys and staff. A longtime member of the 3to5 Club, Brandon focuses on helping families pass on not just financial wealth, but also their stories and values, so inheritances become true blessings for future generations.</p>
<p>📧 Email: <a href='mailto:brandon@rains-law.com'>brandon@rains-law.com</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fyb9zbhng9jfrmey/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_64_FINAL9h42y.mp4" length="552128316" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most business owners avoid hiring for one simple reason: They don’t want to manage people.
In this episode, Chuck sits down with Brandon Rains to challenge that assumption and show why the right hiring process eliminates the need for management altogether.
Brandon shares how he built a thriving estate planning firm with a high-performing team by hiring for culture, beliefs, and talent before skills and experience. Drawing from his years inside the 3to5 Club and real-world hiring success, this conversation reframes hiring as a long-term investment instead of a risky gamble.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why most hiring fails before the first interview even happens
How hiring for culture first prevents future management headaches
The difference between people who want a job and people who want meaningful work
Why resumes and experience often hide the most important indicators
How a multi-step hiring process causes the wrong candidates to self-select out
Why starting with trust, not control, changes everything

If you’re tired of micromanaging, constantly fixing mistakes, or feeling trapped by your team, this episode will help you rethink hiring from the ground up and build a business that runs on ownership instead of oversight.
----more----
👤 About Brandon Rains
Brandon Rains is an estate planning attorney who founded his firm in 2016 and has grown it to serve hundreds of clients with a team of attorneys and staff. A longtime member of the 3to5 Club, Brandon focuses on helping families pass on not just financial wealth, but also their stories and values, so inheritances become true blessings for future generations.
📧 Email: brandon@rains-law.com]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1906</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_64_-_Cover_Imagea2cc9.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #65: Emerging Work World of The Participation Age</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #65: Emerging Work World of The Participation Age</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-65-emerging-work-world-of-the-participation-age/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-65-emerging-work-world-of-the-participation-age/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/acd94a35-37a2-3393-b6ea-f5a60ff82231</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The industrial-age workplace is breaking down and that’s good news.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman introduces the concept of the Participation Age, a new way of working that replaces top-down control with trust, ownership, and shared responsibility. It’s about rehumanizing the workplace by giving everybody their brain back.</p>
<p>This episode kicks off a series exploring what it really takes to build a business where people fully participate, decisions are made where the work happens, and leaders stop managing people and start leading adults.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What the Participation Age is and why it’s replacing the industrial-age factory system</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The two defining hallmarks of participation-age companies: participation and sharing</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why imposed hierarchy and traditional management hold businesses back</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between employees and stakeholders and why language matters</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How distributed decision-making leads to better, faster results</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why mission becomes the boss in modern organizations</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How principles outperform policies, bureaucracy, and rulebooks</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of running your business or your career inside a system that treats people like replaceable parts, this episode will challenge everything you’ve been taught about work.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover how participation-age thinking helps you get off the treadmill and build work that actually works for humans.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
🔗 Explore More:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">🎥 Watch Chuck’s TEDx Talk:
<a href='https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewA2BqbWhUQ'>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewA2BqbWhUQ</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">📘 Get the book — Rehumanizing the Workplace: Giving Everybody Their Brain Back:
<a href='https://www.amazon.com/Rehumanizing-Workplace-Giving-Everybody-Their/dp/1734486902'>https://www.amazon.com/Rehumanizing-Workplace-Giving-Everybody-Their/dp/1734486902</a></li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The industrial-age workplace is breaking down <em>and that’s good news</em>.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman introduces the concept of the Participation Age, a new way of working that replaces top-down control with trust, ownership, and shared responsibility. It’s about rehumanizing the workplace by giving everybody their brain back.</p>
<p>This episode kicks off a series exploring what it really takes to build a business where people fully participate, decisions are made where the work happens, and leaders stop managing people and start leading adults.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What the Participation Age is and why it’s replacing the industrial-age factory system</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The two defining hallmarks of participation-age companies: participation and sharing</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why imposed hierarchy and traditional management hold businesses back</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between employees and stakeholders and why language matters</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How distributed decision-making leads to better, faster results</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why mission becomes the boss in modern organizations</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How principles outperform policies, bureaucracy, and rulebooks</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of running your business <em>or your career</em> inside a system that treats people like replaceable parts, this episode will challenge everything you’ve been taught about work.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover how participation-age thinking helps you get off the treadmill and build work that actually works for humans.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
🔗 Explore More:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">🎥 Watch Chuck’s TEDx Talk:<br>
<a href='https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewA2BqbWhUQ'>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewA2BqbWhUQ</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">📘 Get the book — <em>Rehumanizing the Workplace: Giving Everybody Their Brain Back</em>:<br>
<a href='https://www.amazon.com/Rehumanizing-Workplace-Giving-Everybody-Their/dp/1734486902'>https://www.amazon.com/Rehumanizing-Workplace-Giving-Everybody-Their/dp/1734486902</a></li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mpkvbpqxbatd8655/GOTT_Podcast_Epiosde_65_FINALag7tm.mp4" length="385957336" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The industrial-age workplace is breaking down and that’s good news.
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman introduces the concept of the Participation Age, a new way of working that replaces top-down control with trust, ownership, and shared responsibility. It’s about rehumanizing the workplace by giving everybody their brain back.
This episode kicks off a series exploring what it really takes to build a business where people fully participate, decisions are made where the work happens, and leaders stop managing people and start leading adults.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

What the Participation Age is and why it’s replacing the industrial-age factory system
The two defining hallmarks of participation-age companies: participation and sharing
Why imposed hierarchy and traditional management hold businesses back
The difference between employees and stakeholders and why language matters
How distributed decision-making leads to better, faster results
Why mission becomes the boss in modern organizations
How principles outperform policies, bureaucracy, and rulebooks

If you’re tired of running your business or your career inside a system that treats people like replaceable parts, this episode will challenge everything you’ve been taught about work.
🎧 Listen now and discover how participation-age thinking helps you get off the treadmill and build work that actually works for humans.
----more----
🔗 Explore More:

🎥 Watch Chuck’s TEDx Talk:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewA2BqbWhUQ
📘 Get the book — Rehumanizing the Workplace: Giving Everybody Their Brain Back:https://www.amazon.com/Rehumanizing-Workplace-Giving-Everybody-Their/dp/1734486902
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1340</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_65_-_Cover_Image630ei.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #66: No Two Customers Are Alike with Valerie Reid</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #66: No Two Customers Are Alike with Valerie Reid</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-66-no-two-customers-are-alike-with-valerie-reid/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-66-no-two-customers-are-alike-with-valerie-reid/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/925496dc-a149-3241-acdf-88ef4da62236</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners stay stuck on the treadmill because they treat every customer the same—pitching harder instead of listening better.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Valerie Reid, CEO and Founder of Simple Cremation USA, to break down why understanding how your customer thinks matters more than what you’re selling.</p>
<p>Drawing from her experience advising Fortune 100 companies at Deloitte and scaling a national B2B/B2C platform, Valerie shares how slowing down, asking better questions, and abandoning the “dog and pony show” helps business owners build trust, close deals, and make more money in less time.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why no two customers buy for the same reason</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The two questions that instantly clarify what matters to a buyer</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How listening replaces selling in relationship-based growth</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">When saying “this isn’t a fit” actually strengthens your business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How 3to5 thinking helps you get off the treadmill and serve better</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of chasing prospects and ready to build a business around trust, clarity, and real relationships, this episode will change how you approach sales forever.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn how to stop selling and start serving.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
👤 About Valerie Reid
<p>Valerie Reid is a strategic, results-driven leader with deep experience in business growth, team leadership, and innovation. After spending more than a decade at Deloitte advising Fortune 100 and 500 companies, she founded Simple Cremation USA, a national online platform connecting families with trusted funeral homes. Valerie is passionate about building value, scaling ideas that matter, and helping businesses serve people better.</p>
<p>🔁 Also listen to Valerie’s first appearance on the podcast:
 <a href='https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-7v7yy-198bd7e'>Episode 54 – How We Can Stop Hunting Trees by Finding Lumberjacks</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners stay stuck on the treadmill because they treat every customer the same—pitching harder instead of listening better.</p>
<p>In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Valerie Reid, CEO and Founder of Simple Cremation USA, to break down why understanding how your customer thinks matters more than what you’re selling.</p>
<p>Drawing from her experience advising Fortune 100 companies at Deloitte and scaling a national B2B/B2C platform, Valerie shares how slowing down, asking better questions, and abandoning the “dog and pony show” helps business owners build trust, close deals, and make more money in less time.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why no two customers buy for the same reason</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The two questions that instantly clarify what matters to a buyer</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How listening replaces selling in relationship-based growth</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">When saying “this isn’t a fit” actually strengthens your business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How 3to5 thinking helps you get off the treadmill and serve better</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of chasing prospects and ready to build a business around trust, clarity, and real relationships, this episode will change how you approach sales forever.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn how to stop selling and start serving.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
👤 About Valerie Reid
<p>Valerie Reid is a strategic, results-driven leader with deep experience in business growth, team leadership, and innovation. After spending more than a decade at Deloitte advising Fortune 100 and 500 companies, she founded Simple Cremation USA, a national online platform connecting families with trusted funeral homes. Valerie is passionate about building value, scaling ideas that matter, and helping businesses serve people better.</p>
<p>🔁 <em>Also listen to Valerie’s first appearance on the podcast:</em><em><br>
</em> <a href='https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-7v7yy-198bd7e'>Episode 54 – How We Can Stop Hunting Trees by Finding Lumberjacks</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bcersx657vcjrqzg/Get_Off_The_Treadmill_Podcast_66ah930.mp4" length="246267086" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most business owners stay stuck on the treadmill because they treat every customer the same—pitching harder instead of listening better.
In this episode, Chuck Blakeman welcomes back Valerie Reid, CEO and Founder of Simple Cremation USA, to break down why understanding how your customer thinks matters more than what you’re selling.
Drawing from her experience advising Fortune 100 companies at Deloitte and scaling a national B2B/B2C platform, Valerie shares how slowing down, asking better questions, and abandoning the “dog and pony show” helps business owners build trust, close deals, and make more money in less time.
You’ll learn:

Why no two customers buy for the same reason
The two questions that instantly clarify what matters to a buyer
How listening replaces selling in relationship-based growth
When saying “this isn’t a fit” actually strengthens your business
How 3to5 thinking helps you get off the treadmill and serve better

If you’re tired of chasing prospects and ready to build a business around trust, clarity, and real relationships, this episode will change how you approach sales forever.
🎧 Listen now and learn how to stop selling and start serving.
----more----
👤 About Valerie Reid
Valerie Reid is a strategic, results-driven leader with deep experience in business growth, team leadership, and innovation. After spending more than a decade at Deloitte advising Fortune 100 and 500 companies, she founded Simple Cremation USA, a national online platform connecting families with trusted funeral homes. Valerie is passionate about building value, scaling ideas that matter, and helping businesses serve people better.
🔁 Also listen to Valerie’s first appearance on the podcast: Episode 54 – How We Can Stop Hunting Trees by Finding Lumberjacks]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>861</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_66_-_Cover_Imagea9qnu.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #67: Lipstick on a Pig - Transforming the Organizational Operating System</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #67: Lipstick on a Pig - Transforming the Organizational Operating System</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-67-lipstick-on-a-pig-transforming-the-organizational-operating-system/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-67-lipstick-on-a-pig-transforming-the-organizational-operating-system/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 19:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/b790f6e7-e44f-3df5-9007-56a3559633e9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Most businesses don’t have a people problem.
They don’t have a strategy problem.
They don’t even have a motivation problem.</p>
<p>They have an operating system problem.</p>
<p>In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill Podcast, Chuck challenges the common instinct to fix broken businesses with surface-level solutions, new incentives, new org charts, new software, new accountability systems, without addressing the deeper issue underneath.</p>
<p>Because when your foundational operating system is flawed, adding improvements is just putting lipstick on a pig.</p>
<p>Chuck unpacks why so many organizations stay stuck in the Industrial Age model of control, management, and hierarchy, and what it actually takes to transform the core system so people can think, decide, and create value at every level.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt like you’re working harder but not getting healthier as a business, this episode will help you diagnose the real issue.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll discover:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why most “fixes” don’t fix anything</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between optimizing a bad system and transforming it</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How outdated management models keep people disengaged</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What a healthy operating system actually looks like</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why real transformation starts at the foundation—not the surface</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re serious about getting off the treadmill, stop tweaking tactics and start transforming the system that drives everything.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn why you don’t need more polish,  you need a new operating system.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most businesses don’t have a people problem.<br>
They don’t have a strategy problem.<br>
They don’t even have a motivation problem.</p>
<p>They have an operating system problem.</p>
<p>In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill Podcast, Chuck challenges the common instinct to fix broken businesses with surface-level solutions, new incentives, new org charts, new software, new accountability systems, without addressing the deeper issue underneath.</p>
<p>Because when your foundational operating system is flawed, adding improvements is just putting lipstick on a pig.</p>
<p>Chuck unpacks why so many organizations stay stuck in the Industrial Age model of control, management, and hierarchy, and what it actually takes to transform the core system so people can think, decide, and create value at every level.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt like you’re working harder but not getting healthier as a business, this episode will help you diagnose the real issue.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll discover:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why most “fixes” don’t fix anything</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between optimizing a bad system and transforming it</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How outdated management models keep people disengaged</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What a healthy operating system actually looks like</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why real transformation starts at the foundation—not the surface</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re serious about getting off the treadmill, stop tweaking tactics and start transforming the system that drives everything.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn why you don’t need more polish, <em> you need a new operating system.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/i9jz9e2dtqykbt52/GOTT_Podcast_-_Episode_67_FINAL6w7vf.mp4" length="800371482" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most businesses don’t have a people problem.They don’t have a strategy problem.They don’t even have a motivation problem.
They have an operating system problem.
In this episode of the Get Off The Treadmill Podcast, Chuck challenges the common instinct to fix broken businesses with surface-level solutions, new incentives, new org charts, new software, new accountability systems, without addressing the deeper issue underneath.
Because when your foundational operating system is flawed, adding improvements is just putting lipstick on a pig.
Chuck unpacks why so many organizations stay stuck in the Industrial Age model of control, management, and hierarchy, and what it actually takes to transform the core system so people can think, decide, and create value at every level.
If you’ve ever felt like you’re working harder but not getting healthier as a business, this episode will help you diagnose the real issue.
In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why most “fixes” don’t fix anything
The difference between optimizing a bad system and transforming it
How outdated management models keep people disengaged
What a healthy operating system actually looks like
Why real transformation starts at the foundation—not the surface

If you’re serious about getting off the treadmill, stop tweaking tactics and start transforming the system that drives everything.
🎧 Listen now and learn why you don’t need more polish,  you need a new operating system.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2757</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_67_-_Cover_Imagebcjub.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #68: Why Bad Plans are Your Best Friend and Why You Need One with Cassie Morris</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #68: Why Bad Plans are Your Best Friend and Why You Need One with Cassie Morris</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-68-why-bad-plans-are-your-best-friend-and-why-you-need-one-with-cassie-morris/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-68-why-bad-plans-are-your-best-friend-and-why-you-need-one-with-cassie-morris/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 20:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/dabd258b-2396-367c-9895-dff9753a43af</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with returning guest Cassie Morris to challenge one of the biggest myths in business—that you need the perfect plan before you take action.</p>
<p>Instead, they unpack why waiting for clarity keeps you stuck on the treadmill… and how creating a bad plan can actually be the fastest way to build momentum, gain clarity, and move toward your Business Maturity Date.</p>
<p>Cassie shares her real-world experience building multiple businesses and how embracing imperfect action helped her simplify decisions, reduce overwhelm, and focus on what actually matters.</p>
<p>Together, they explore what it looks like to stop overthinking, start executing, and build a business that produces both time and money.</p>
<p>Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:
 ✅ Why “perfect planning” keeps business owners stuck
 ✅ How bad plans create clarity faster than good intentions
 ✅ The role of action in getting off the treadmill
 ✅ How to simplify decision-making in your business
 ✅ Why momentum—not perfection—is the real goal
 ✅ How to align your actions with your Business Maturity Date</p>
<p>If you’ve been waiting for the “right” plan before making your next move, this episode will help you let go of perfection—and start building a business that actually works for you.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and take the first imperfect step forward.</p>
<p>👤 About Cassie Morris
 Cassie Morris is an entrepreneur based in Denver, CO, and the founder of Clover Communications and Strategy, where she helps business owners streamline operations and improve processes. She’s also the owner of Dilly Dally Donut Bar in Bozeman, MT—a business rooted in authenticity, community, and connection.</p>
<p>🔗 Connect with Cassie:
 🌐 clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com
 🍩 dillydallydonutbar.com</p>
<p>📺 New here?
 Catch Cassie’s first episode:
 <a href='https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-wxg9b-19b85d9'>Episode #56: How Lifetime Goals Shape Your Business</a>
</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off The Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman sits down with returning guest Cassie Morris to challenge one of the biggest myths in business—that you need the perfect plan before you take action.</p>
<p>Instead, they unpack why waiting for clarity keeps you stuck on the treadmill… and how creating a <em>bad plan</em> can actually be the fastest way to build momentum, gain clarity, and move toward your Business Maturity Date.</p>
<p>Cassie shares her real-world experience building multiple businesses and how embracing imperfect action helped her simplify decisions, reduce overwhelm, and focus on what actually matters.</p>
<p>Together, they explore what it looks like to stop overthinking, start executing, and build a business that produces both time and money.</p>
<p>Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:<br>
 ✅ Why “perfect planning” keeps business owners stuck<br>
 ✅ How bad plans create clarity faster than good intentions<br>
 ✅ The role of action in getting off the treadmill<br>
 ✅ How to simplify decision-making in your business<br>
 ✅ Why momentum—not perfection—is the real goal<br>
 ✅ How to align your actions with your Business Maturity Date</p>
<p>If you’ve been waiting for the “right” plan before making your next move, this episode will help you let go of perfection—and start building a business that actually works for you.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and take the first imperfect step forward.</p>
<p>👤 About Cassie Morris<br>
 Cassie Morris is an entrepreneur based in Denver, CO, and the founder of Clover Communications and Strategy, where she helps business owners streamline operations and improve processes. She’s also the owner of Dilly Dally Donut Bar in Bozeman, MT—a business rooted in authenticity, community, and connection.</p>
<p>🔗 Connect with Cassie:<br>
 🌐 clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com<br>
 🍩 dillydallydonutbar.com</p>
<p>📺 New here?<br>
 Catch Cassie’s first episode:<br>
 <a href='https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-wxg9b-19b85d9'><em>Episode #56: How Lifetime Goals Shape Your Business</em></a><em><br>
</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bxmfud966bag55xk/GOTT_Podcast_-_Episode_68_FINAL8oyv1.mp4" length="454737586" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with returning guest Cassie Morris to challenge one of the biggest myths in business—that you need the perfect plan before you take action.
Instead, they unpack why waiting for clarity keeps you stuck on the treadmill… and how creating a bad plan can actually be the fastest way to build momentum, gain clarity, and move toward your Business Maturity Date.
Cassie shares her real-world experience building multiple businesses and how embracing imperfect action helped her simplify decisions, reduce overwhelm, and focus on what actually matters.
Together, they explore what it looks like to stop overthinking, start executing, and build a business that produces both time and money.
Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode: ✅ Why “perfect planning” keeps business owners stuck ✅ How bad plans create clarity faster than good intentions ✅ The role of action in getting off the treadmill ✅ How to simplify decision-making in your business ✅ Why momentum—not perfection—is the real goal ✅ How to align your actions with your Business Maturity Date
If you’ve been waiting for the “right” plan before making your next move, this episode will help you let go of perfection—and start building a business that actually works for you.
🎧 Listen now and take the first imperfect step forward.
👤 About Cassie Morris Cassie Morris is an entrepreneur based in Denver, CO, and the founder of Clover Communications and Strategy, where she helps business owners streamline operations and improve processes. She’s also the owner of Dilly Dally Donut Bar in Bozeman, MT—a business rooted in authenticity, community, and connection.
🔗 Connect with Cassie: 🌐 clovercommunicationsandstrategy.com 🍩 dillydallydonutbar.com
📺 New here? Catch Cassie’s first episode: Episode #56: How Lifetime Goals Shape Your Business]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1578</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_68_-_Cover_Image8teqd.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #69: You Can’t Empower People; You Can Only Engage Them</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #69: You Can’t Empower People; You Can Only Engage Them</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-69-you-can-t-empower-people-you-can-only-engage-them/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-69-you-can-t-empower-people-you-can-only-engage-them/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 19:30:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/f25d128e-ed83-3e3c-9490-ea34cd0cf75b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>“Empowerment” has become one of the most overused and misunderstood words in business.</p>
<p>In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman challenges the idea that leaders can give power to people. Instead, he makes a compelling case that true ownership doesn’t come from empowerment, it comes from engagement.</p>
<p>Because here’s the reality:
You can’t empower people.
You can only create an environment where they choose to engage.</p>
<p>Chuck breaks down why traditional management models built on control, hierarchy, and permission, actually prevent people from thinking, deciding, and acting like owners. And he explains how shifting to a participation-based operating system unlocks initiative, accountability, and creativity at every level of the business.</p>
<p>If you want a team that acts like owners instead of employees, it starts by rethinking your role as a leader and the system you’ve built around them.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why empowerment is often a disguised form of control</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The critical difference between empowered people and engaged people</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How traditional management keeps people dependent instead of responsible</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What it takes to create true ownership inside your business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why engagement, not authority, drives long-term performance</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How participation-age thinking helps you get off the treadmill</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of trying to “motivate” people and ready to build a business where people naturally take initiative, this episode will challenge your assumptions and give you a better way forward.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover why engagement, not empowerment, is the real key to building a business that runs without you.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>“Empowerment” has become one of the most overused and misunderstood words in business.</em></p>
<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off The Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman challenges the idea that leaders can <em>give</em> power to people. Instead, he makes a compelling case that true ownership doesn’t come from empowerment, it comes from engagement.</p>
<p>Because here’s the reality:<br>
You can’t empower people.<br>
You can only create an environment where they choose to engage.</p>
<p>Chuck breaks down why traditional management models built on control, hierarchy, and permission, actually prevent people from thinking, deciding, and acting like owners. And he explains how shifting to a participation-based operating system unlocks initiative, accountability, and creativity at every level of the business.</p>
<p>If you want a team that acts like owners instead of employees, it starts by rethinking your role as a leader and the system you’ve built around them.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why empowerment is often a disguised form of control</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The critical difference between empowered people and engaged people</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How traditional management keeps people dependent instead of responsible</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What it takes to create true ownership inside your business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why engagement, <em>not authority</em>, drives long-term performance</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How participation-age thinking helps you get off the treadmill</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of trying to “motivate” people and ready to build a business where people naturally take initiative, this episode will challenge your assumptions and give you a better way forward.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover why engagement, not empowerment, is the real key to building a business that runs without you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kciakf3rms2964vu/Get_Off_The_Treadmill_Podcast_-_Episode_69_FINAL8bbuo.mp4" length="286758958" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[“Empowerment” has become one of the most overused and misunderstood words in business.
In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman challenges the idea that leaders can give power to people. Instead, he makes a compelling case that true ownership doesn’t come from empowerment, it comes from engagement.
Because here’s the reality:You can’t empower people.You can only create an environment where they choose to engage.
Chuck breaks down why traditional management models built on control, hierarchy, and permission, actually prevent people from thinking, deciding, and acting like owners. And he explains how shifting to a participation-based operating system unlocks initiative, accountability, and creativity at every level of the business.
If you want a team that acts like owners instead of employees, it starts by rethinking your role as a leader and the system you’ve built around them.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why empowerment is often a disguised form of control
The critical difference between empowered people and engaged people
How traditional management keeps people dependent instead of responsible
What it takes to create true ownership inside your business
Why engagement, not authority, drives long-term performance
How participation-age thinking helps you get off the treadmill

If you’re tired of trying to “motivate” people and ready to build a business where people naturally take initiative, this episode will challenge your assumptions and give you a better way forward.
🎧 Listen now and discover why engagement, not empowerment, is the real key to building a business that runs without you.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1004</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_69_-_Cover_Image6gcdv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #70: How to Own and Grow a Business with Andrew Rowland</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #70: How to Own and Grow a Business with Andrew Rowland</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-70-how-to-own-and-grow-a-business-with-andrew-rowland/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-70-how-to-own-and-grow-a-business-with-andrew-rowland/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 19:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/66ff3f70-1faa-32a4-ae9b-ea6752b22692</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>What does it really mean to own a business, not just run one?</p>
<p>In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Andrew Rowland to explore the mindset and systems required to move from operator to true business owner.</p>
<p>Andrew shares how his journey, from operations management to launching and growing his own home care company, shifted when he stopped focusing on transactions and started building a business rooted in relationships, trust, and long-term thinking.</p>
<p>This conversation brings key 3to5 Club principles to life, showing how business owners can step off the treadmill by building systems, leveraging partnerships, and creating a company that grows beyond their daily involvement.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between running a business and truly owning one</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why relationship-first thinking drives sustainable growth</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to move from day-to-day operator to long-term owner</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The role of systems and partnerships in scaling your business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why chasing transactions keeps you stuck on the treadmill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to build a business that grows without constant oversight</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re ready to stop doing everything yourself and start building a business that works for you, not because of you, this episode will give you a practical and powerful perspective shift.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn how to own your business and grow it with purpose.</p>
<p>👤 About Andrew Rowland</p>
<p>Andrew Rowland is a Minnesota-based entrepreneur and founder in the home care industry. After building a strong career in operations management, he launched his own company in 2018 to make a meaningful impact in his community. Through strategic partnerships and a successful merger, he’s grown his business by focusing on relationships over transactions.</p>
<p>A husband, father of four, and community-minded leader, Andrew is passionate about creating growth—for his business, his clients, and the people around him.</p>
<p>📌 Connect with Andrew:
🌐 promisecareinc.com
📧 andrew@promisecareinc.com</p>
<p>📺 New here?</p>
<p>Catch Andrew’s first episode here:</p>
<p><a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-4fsat-19d2e70'>Episode #58: How To Do Business Development the Right Way</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What does it really mean to own a business, <em>not just run one</em>?</p>
<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off The Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Andrew Rowland to explore the mindset and systems required to move from operator to true business owner.</p>
<p>Andrew shares how his journey, from operations management to launching and growing his own home care company, shifted when he stopped focusing on transactions and started building a business rooted in relationships, trust, and long-term thinking.</p>
<p>This conversation brings key 3to5 Club principles to life, showing how business owners can step off the treadmill by building systems, leveraging partnerships, and creating a company that grows beyond their daily involvement.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between running a business and truly owning one</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why relationship-first thinking drives sustainable growth</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to move from day-to-day operator to long-term owner</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The role of systems and partnerships in scaling your business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why chasing transactions keeps you stuck on the treadmill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to build a business that grows without constant oversight</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re ready to stop doing everything yourself and start building a business that works <em>for</em> you, <em>not because of you</em>, this episode will give you a practical and powerful perspective shift.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn how to own your business and grow it with purpose.</p>
<p>👤 About Andrew Rowland</p>
<p>Andrew Rowland is a Minnesota-based entrepreneur and founder in the home care industry. After building a strong career in operations management, he launched his own company in 2018 to make a meaningful impact in his community. Through strategic partnerships and a successful merger, he’s grown his business by focusing on relationships over transactions.</p>
<p>A husband, father of four, and community-minded leader, Andrew is passionate about creating growth—for his business, his clients, and the people around him.</p>
<p>📌 Connect with Andrew:<br>
🌐 promisecareinc.com<br>
📧 andrew@promisecareinc.com</p>
<p>📺 New here?</p>
<p>Catch Andrew’s first episode here:</p>
<p><a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-4fsat-19d2e70'>Episode #58: How To Do Business Development the Right Way</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6rzgqt2kd4v6a3b2/Get_Off_The_Treadmill_Podcast_-_Episode_70_FINALapz4i.mp4" length="429772486" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[What does it really mean to own a business, not just run one?
In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Andrew Rowland to explore the mindset and systems required to move from operator to true business owner.
Andrew shares how his journey, from operations management to launching and growing his own home care company, shifted when he stopped focusing on transactions and started building a business rooted in relationships, trust, and long-term thinking.
This conversation brings key 3to5 Club principles to life, showing how business owners can step off the treadmill by building systems, leveraging partnerships, and creating a company that grows beyond their daily involvement.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

The difference between running a business and truly owning one
Why relationship-first thinking drives sustainable growth
How to move from day-to-day operator to long-term owner
The role of systems and partnerships in scaling your business
Why chasing transactions keeps you stuck on the treadmill
How to build a business that grows without constant oversight

If you’re ready to stop doing everything yourself and start building a business that works for you, not because of you, this episode will give you a practical and powerful perspective shift.
🎧 Listen now and learn how to own your business and grow it with purpose.
👤 About Andrew Rowland
Andrew Rowland is a Minnesota-based entrepreneur and founder in the home care industry. After building a strong career in operations management, he launched his own company in 2018 to make a meaningful impact in his community. Through strategic partnerships and a successful merger, he’s grown his business by focusing on relationships over transactions.
A husband, father of four, and community-minded leader, Andrew is passionate about creating growth—for his business, his clients, and the people around him.
📌 Connect with Andrew:🌐 promisecareinc.com📧 andrew@promisecareinc.com
📺 New here?
Catch Andrew’s first episode here:
Episode #58: How To Do Business Development the Right Way]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1487</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_70_-_Cover_Image8bh0e.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #71: The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 1</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #71: The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 1</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-71-the-mission-centered-organization-part-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-71-the-mission-centered-organization-part-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 19:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/ad502f05-48cb-36e6-a472-653eeb09787f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Most businesses say they have a mission.</p>
<p>But very few actually run on it.</p>
<p>In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman unpacks what it really means to become a mission-centered organization and why this shift is essential if you want to build a business that runs without you.</p>
<p>Because if the mission isn’t the boss… then you are.
 And that’s what keeps you stuck on the treadmill.</p>
<p>Chuck explains how businesses operating in the Participation Age replace personality-driven leadership and top-down control with something far more powerful: a clear, lived mission that drives every decision, behavior, and outcome.</p>
<p>This isn’t about writing a mission statement and putting it on the wall.
 It’s about building a business where the mission becomes the filter for everything, so your team can think, decide, and act without waiting on you.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why most mission statements fail to impact the business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What it actually means to be mission-centered (not just mission-driven)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How a clear mission helps you get off the treadmill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why the mission, not the owner, should be the boss</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How mission alignment creates clarity, consistency, and accountability</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The role of mission in building a Participation Age organization</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of being the bottleneck in your business and ready to build something that runs on purpose, not personality, this episode lays the foundation.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and start building a business where the mission leads and you’re no longer the one holding everything together.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most businesses say they have a mission.</p>
<p>But very few actually <em>run</em> on it.</p>
<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off The Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman unpacks what it really means to become a mission-centered organization and why this shift is essential if you want to build a business that runs without you.</p>
<p>Because if the mission isn’t the boss… then you are.<br>
 And that’s what keeps you stuck on the treadmill.</p>
<p>Chuck explains how businesses operating in the Participation Age replace personality-driven leadership and top-down control with something far more powerful: a clear, lived mission that drives every decision, behavior, and outcome.</p>
<p>This isn’t about writing a mission statement and putting it on the wall.<br>
 It’s about building a business where the mission becomes the filter for everything, so your team can think, decide, and act without waiting on you.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why most mission statements fail to impact the business</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">What it actually means to be mission-centered (not just mission-driven)</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How a clear mission helps you get off the treadmill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why the mission, <em>not the owner, </em>should be the boss</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How mission alignment creates clarity, consistency, and accountability</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The role of mission in building a Participation Age organization</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of being the bottleneck in your business and ready to build something that runs on purpose, <em>not personality, </em>this episode lays the foundation.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and start building a business where the mission leads and you’re no longer the one holding everything together.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ch3kxvcmwjejfqpg/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_718dnfu.mp4" length="471471784" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most businesses say they have a mission.
But very few actually run on it.
In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman unpacks what it really means to become a mission-centered organization and why this shift is essential if you want to build a business that runs without you.
Because if the mission isn’t the boss… then you are. And that’s what keeps you stuck on the treadmill.
Chuck explains how businesses operating in the Participation Age replace personality-driven leadership and top-down control with something far more powerful: a clear, lived mission that drives every decision, behavior, and outcome.
This isn’t about writing a mission statement and putting it on the wall. It’s about building a business where the mission becomes the filter for everything, so your team can think, decide, and act without waiting on you.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why most mission statements fail to impact the business
What it actually means to be mission-centered (not just mission-driven)
How a clear mission helps you get off the treadmill
Why the mission, not the owner, should be the boss
How mission alignment creates clarity, consistency, and accountability
The role of mission in building a Participation Age organization

If you’re tired of being the bottleneck in your business and ready to build something that runs on purpose, not personality, this episode lays the foundation.
🎧 Listen now and start building a business where the mission leads and you’re no longer the one holding everything together.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1635</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_71_-_Cover_Image9wfnv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #72: How to Grow Your Business Without Killing It with Henry McCrory</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #72: How to Grow Your Business Without Killing It with Henry McCrory</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-72-how-to-grow-your-business-without-killing-it/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-72-how-to-grow-your-business-without-killing-it/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2026 19:00:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/946c2e9a-6d25-3b79-b3fd-a5bb95b6f0c9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners believe their job is to manage people.</p>
<p>But what if that belief is exactly what’s keeping them stuck on the treadmill?</p>
<p>In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Henry McCrory to challenge one of the most ingrained habits in business: management.</p>
<p>Together, they unpack why managing people creates dependency instead of ownership—and how shifting to a participation-based model transforms your team from employees into engaged contributors who think, decide, and act like owners.</p>
<p>Henry shares real-world insights on what happens when you stop trying to control outcomes and start building an environment where people are trusted, accountable, and aligned around a clear mission.</p>
<p>This conversation brings core 3to5 Club principles to life, showing how moving away from management and toward ownership is the key to building a business that produces both time and money.</p>
In this episode, you’ll learn:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why managing people keeps you stuck on the treadmill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between employees and owners</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to create an environment where people choose to engage</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why control limits growth, and trust unlocks it</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The role of mission, clarity, and expectations in building ownership</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How participation-age thinking transforms your business</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of being the one who has to push, remind, and oversee everything, this episode will challenge your assumptions and show you a better way to lead.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn how to stop managing people, and start building a business of owners.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
About Henry McCrory
<p>Henry McCrory is the business development lead at Creative 3 and the guy who turns conversations into clients. With years of experience in sales, partnerships, and commercial growth, he focuses on building relationships, spotting opportunities, and making sure the right deals get done.</p>
<p>Known for being direct, likeable, and relentless about doing things properly—not just quickly—Henry works closely with brands to understand what they really need, then helps shape the offer, pitch, and plan to drive revenue. If you’ve ever wondered how great marketing becomes real business, Henry is the bridge.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most business owners believe their job is to manage people.</p>
<p>But what if that belief is exactly what’s keeping them stuck on the treadmill?</p>
<p>In this episode of <em>Get Off The Treadmill</em>, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Henry McCrory to challenge one of the most ingrained habits in business: management.</p>
<p>Together, they unpack why managing people creates dependency instead of ownership—and how shifting to a participation-based model transforms your team from employees into engaged contributors who think, decide, and act like owners.</p>
<p>Henry shares real-world insights on what happens when you stop trying to control outcomes and start building an environment where people are trusted, accountable, and aligned around a clear mission.</p>
<p>This conversation brings core 3to5 Club principles to life, showing how moving away from management and toward ownership is the key to building a business that produces both time and money.</p>
In this episode, you’ll learn:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why managing people keeps you stuck on the treadmill</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The difference between employees and owners</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How to create an environment where people choose to engage</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Why control limits growth, and trust unlocks it</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The role of mission, clarity, and expectations in building ownership</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">How participation-age thinking transforms your business</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re tired of being the one who has to push, remind, and oversee everything, this episode will challenge your assumptions and show you a better way to lead.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and learn how to stop managing people, and start building a business of owners.</p>
<p>----more----</p>
About Henry McCrory
<p>Henry McCrory is the business development lead at Creative 3 and the guy who turns conversations into clients. With years of experience in sales, partnerships, and commercial growth, he focuses on building relationships, spotting opportunities, and making sure the right deals get done.</p>
<p>Known for being direct, likeable, and relentless about doing things properly—not just quickly—Henry works closely with brands to understand what they really need, then helps shape the offer, pitch, and plan to drive revenue. If you’ve ever wondered how great marketing becomes real business, Henry is the bridge.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6mwvj5n3ajs5jtp2/GOTT_Podcast_Episode_72_-_FINALb9ghh.mp4" length="666397247" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Most business owners believe their job is to manage people.
But what if that belief is exactly what’s keeping them stuck on the treadmill?
In this episode of Get Off The Treadmill, Chuck Blakeman sits down with Henry McCrory to challenge one of the most ingrained habits in business: management.
Together, they unpack why managing people creates dependency instead of ownership—and how shifting to a participation-based model transforms your team from employees into engaged contributors who think, decide, and act like owners.
Henry shares real-world insights on what happens when you stop trying to control outcomes and start building an environment where people are trusted, accountable, and aligned around a clear mission.
This conversation brings core 3to5 Club principles to life, showing how moving away from management and toward ownership is the key to building a business that produces both time and money.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why managing people keeps you stuck on the treadmill
The difference between employees and owners
How to create an environment where people choose to engage
Why control limits growth, and trust unlocks it
The role of mission, clarity, and expectations in building ownership
How participation-age thinking transforms your business

If you’re tired of being the one who has to push, remind, and oversee everything, this episode will challenge your assumptions and show you a better way to lead.
🎧 Listen now and learn how to stop managing people, and start building a business of owners.
----more----
About Henry McCrory
Henry McCrory is the business development lead at Creative 3 and the guy who turns conversations into clients. With years of experience in sales, partnerships, and commercial growth, he focuses on building relationships, spotting opportunities, and making sure the right deals get done.
Known for being direct, likeable, and relentless about doing things properly—not just quickly—Henry works closely with brands to understand what they really need, then helps shape the offer, pitch, and plan to drive revenue. If you’ve ever wondered how great marketing becomes real business, Henry is the bridge.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2305</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_72_-_Cover_Image8eaxj.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Episode #73: The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 2</title>
        <itunes:title>Episode #73: The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 2</itunes:title>
        <link>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-73-the-mission-centered-organization-part-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://podcast.3to5club.com/e/episode-73-the-mission-centered-organization-part-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 06:30:00 -0600</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">getoffthetreadmill.podbean.com/70f8f7d5-16a1-33b0-a617-bcc974002155</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the last episode, Chuck Blakeman introduced the idea of the mission-centered organization. </p>
<p>In this second part of the series, he unpacks exactly how this organic structure works and why it outperforms the traditional "factory system" every time. Because if you don't find a new boss for your company, you’ll never truly get off the treadmill.</p>
<p>When the mission becomes the only boss, the entire organizational structure shifts from a "pyramid scheme" to a high-performing community. Chuck explains how this move replaces departmental rivalries and "border wars" with a laser focus on one thing: the results you want your customers to get. This isn’t just theory—it’s a proven model used by massive corporations to achieve higher growth, productivity, and staff retention.</p>
<p>It’s about moving from a boss-centered world to a Participation Age structure where everyone serves at the pleasure of the mission.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The "Add before you Subtract" Rule: Why Google’s 2003 attempt to remove managers created chaos and how to avoid that trap.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Imposed Hierarchy vs. Organic Leadership: A side-by-side comparison of why distributed decision-making is superior to top-down control.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Abundance vs. Scarcity Mindsets: How mission-centered organizations replace "budget envy" with collaboration.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Real-World Success Stories: How companies like Haier, Morning Star, and GE Aviation thrive without traditional managers.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Death of Fiefdoms: Why removing the "gun" of firing power from a single boss leads to better leadership.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Participation Age Filter: How to run every decision—from buying a copier to hiring—through your mission statement.</li>
</ul>
<p>If you are ready to stop being the "hero" and start building a distributed leadership model that thrives without you, this episode shows you the way.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover how to build a business where the mission leads, the team contributes, and the owner finally finds freedom.</p>
<p>Missed Part 1? Catch up here: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-ufwj6-1aa038b'>The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 1</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the last episode, Chuck Blakeman introduced the idea of the mission-centered organization. </p>
<p>In this second part of the series, he unpacks exactly how this organic structure works and why it outperforms the traditional "factory system" every time. Because if you don't find a new boss for your company, you’ll never truly get off the treadmill.</p>
<p>When the mission becomes the only boss, the entire organizational structure shifts from a "pyramid scheme" to a high-performing community. Chuck explains how this move replaces departmental rivalries and "border wars" with a laser focus on one thing: the results you want your customers to get. This isn’t just theory—it’s a proven model used by massive corporations to achieve higher growth, productivity, and staff retention.</p>
<p>It’s about moving from a boss-centered world to a Participation Age structure where everyone serves at the pleasure of the mission.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The "Add before you Subtract" Rule: Why Google’s 2003 attempt to remove managers created chaos and how to avoid that trap.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Imposed Hierarchy vs. Organic Leadership: A side-by-side comparison of why distributed decision-making is superior to top-down control.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Abundance vs. Scarcity Mindsets: How mission-centered organizations replace "budget envy" with collaboration.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">Real-World Success Stories: How companies like Haier, Morning Star, and GE Aviation thrive without traditional managers.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Death of Fiefdoms: Why removing the "gun" of firing power from a single boss leads to better leadership.</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">The Participation Age Filter: How to run every decision—from buying a copier to hiring—through your mission statement.</li>
</ul>
<p>If you are ready to stop being the "hero" and start building a distributed leadership model that thrives without you, this episode shows you the way.</p>
<p>🎧 Listen now and discover how to build a business where the mission leads, the team contributes, and the owner finally finds freedom.</p>
<p>Missed Part 1? Catch up here: <a href='https://www.podbean.com/eas/pb-ufwj6-1aa038b'>The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 1</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q2phmsfdj4jzrqv5/Get_Off_The_Treadmill_Podcast_Episode_73_-_FINAL6vhek.mp4" length="485741087" type="video/mp4"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the last episode, Chuck Blakeman introduced the idea of the mission-centered organization. 
In this second part of the series, he unpacks exactly how this organic structure works and why it outperforms the traditional "factory system" every time. Because if you don't find a new boss for your company, you’ll never truly get off the treadmill.
When the mission becomes the only boss, the entire organizational structure shifts from a "pyramid scheme" to a high-performing community. Chuck explains how this move replaces departmental rivalries and "border wars" with a laser focus on one thing: the results you want your customers to get. This isn’t just theory—it’s a proven model used by massive corporations to achieve higher growth, productivity, and staff retention.
It’s about moving from a boss-centered world to a Participation Age structure where everyone serves at the pleasure of the mission.
In this episode, you’ll learn:

The "Add before you Subtract" Rule: Why Google’s 2003 attempt to remove managers created chaos and how to avoid that trap.
Imposed Hierarchy vs. Organic Leadership: A side-by-side comparison of why distributed decision-making is superior to top-down control.
Abundance vs. Scarcity Mindsets: How mission-centered organizations replace "budget envy" with collaboration.
Real-World Success Stories: How companies like Haier, Morning Star, and GE Aviation thrive without traditional managers.
The Death of Fiefdoms: Why removing the "gun" of firing power from a single boss leads to better leadership.
The Participation Age Filter: How to run every decision—from buying a copier to hiring—through your mission statement.

If you are ready to stop being the "hero" and start building a distributed leadership model that thrives without you, this episode shows you the way.
🎧 Listen now and discover how to build a business where the mission leads, the team contributes, and the owner finally finds freedom.
Missed Part 1? Catch up here: The Mission-Centered Organization: Part 1]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>Chuck Blakeman</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1680</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog19257506/Episode_73_-_Cover_Imageb68vv.png" />    </item>
</channel>
</rss>
